102
Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social Positioning: Human Dignity in Lowland Culture and Society in Oriental Mindoro Natsuko Shiraishi Kyoto University, Japan In the 1970s, the majority of socioeconomic studies conducted on rural rice-growing communities in Asian countries emphasized local problems of social class, social justice, and welfare. Also in the Philippines, such communities relied on strong power structures, as well as moral and judicial systems for the lower classes, which were aspects of the dominant patron-client relationship. Further studies in the 1990s of these communities underscored the trend of surreptitious resistance by the lower classes against their patrons, and the subtleties in the social relationships between patron and client, as well as those within the peasant community. However, such studies neglect the possibility of diverse ethnicities within these rural communities, and there is no analytical description beyond the introduction of the struggle of the positioning of one’s identity inside the community. This study focuses on the politics of ethnicity and social acceptance of the indigenous people in Oriental Mindoro (Mangyan) by lowland farmers through the case study method. What rationale is behind the farmers’ acceptance of the katutubo (indigenous people) in their fields as sharecroppers? How does this diversify the ideas of “Others” and “ethnicity” in rural communities, socially, economically, culturally, and politically? Finally, how do the Mangyan see themselves in such a context? This study explores the struggle of social positioning in a rural community, and rethinks the concept of human dignity within the context of Philippine lowland culture and society. To Become “Christian Bajau”: The Sama Dilaut’s Conversion to Pentecostal Christianity in Davao City, Philippines Waka Aoyama University of Tokyo The predicament of the Sama Dilaut who fled conflict-mired areas in the Southern Philippines northward to other cities in the Philippines was recently reported through various media; yet little research work has been done to explore the meaning of the changes they experienced. This paper attempts to analyze the mechanism of their conversion to Pentecostal Christianity and its impact among the Sama Dilaut migrants in Davao City at the turn of the 21st century. The bulk of the data for this paper was collected through ethnographic fieldwork from 1997 to 2014. I will examine three questions: (1) how the Philippine government’s policies on poverty alleviation for cultural minorities framed the life of the Sama Dilaut migrants; (2) why the Sama Dilaut migrants chose Pentecostal Christianity, not other organizations that were also willing to help; and (3) how their conversion reconfigured the Sama Dilaut community from within and in relation to its host society. I will argue that in contrast to the study of the “the Sama Dilaut experience with official Islam in Sabah, Malaysia” by Japanese anthropologist Nagatsu Kazufumi, the acceptance of the Christian faith among the Sama Dilaut in Davao City has not offered them upward social mobility in the main stream society; instead, it served as a significant apparatus to reconstruct their ethnic identity to survive as the “Christian Bajau” in the multi -ethnic urban market society. I will also argue that it created space for the converts to conceptualize and operate an economy of gifts which does not contradict the individualism that Pentecostalism brings its followers. Yaya-alaga relationship: An Alternative Way of “Family” Yukika Ohmura Kyoto University In the Philippines, “the family is basic to the life of Filipinos” and kinship is traced through blood ties to extend to religious rituals. The family possesses the role to reproduce family members, rear children, and discipline children. However, some of these family roles in Filipino families are substituted by other kinship members and even by non-

Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    10

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session A1

POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING

The Struggle of Social Positioning: Human Dignity in Lowland Culture and Society in Oriental Mindoro

Natsuko Shiraishi

Kyoto University, Japan

In the 1970s, the majority of socioeconomic studies conducted on rural rice-growing communities in Asian countries

emphasized local problems of social class, social justice, and welfare. Also in the Philippines, such communities relied

on strong power structures, as well as moral and judicial systems for the lower classes, which were aspects of the

dominant patron-client relationship. Further studies in the 1990s of these communities underscored the trend of

surreptitious resistance by the lower classes against their patrons, and the subtleties in the social relationships between

patron and client, as well as those within the peasant community. However, such studies neglect the possibility of

diverse ethnicities within these rural communities, and there is no analytical description beyond the introduction of

the struggle of the positioning of one’s identity inside the community.

This study focuses on the politics of ethnicity and social acceptance of the indigenous people in Oriental Mindoro

(Mangyan) by lowland farmers through the case study method. What rationale is behind the farmers’ acceptance of

the katutubo (indigenous people) in their fields as sharecroppers? How does this diversify the ideas of “Others” and

“ethnicity” in rural communities, socially, economically, culturally, and politically? Finally, how do the Mangyan see

themselves in such a context? This study explores the struggle of social positioning in a rural community, and rethinks

the concept of human dignity within the context of Philippine lowland culture and society.

To Become “Christian Bajau”: The Sama Dilaut’s Conversion to Pentecostal Christianity in

Davao City, Philippines

Waka Aoyama

University of Tokyo

The predicament of the Sama Dilaut who fled conflict-mired areas in the Southern Philippines northward to other

cities in the Philippines was recently reported through various media; yet little research work has been done to explore

the meaning of the changes they experienced. This paper attempts to analyze the mechanism of their conversion to

Pentecostal Christianity and its impact among the Sama Dilaut migrants in Davao City at the turn of the 21st century.

The bulk of the data for this paper was collected through ethnographic fieldwork from 1997 to 2014.

I will examine three questions: (1) how the Philippine government’s policies on poverty alleviation for cultural

minorities framed the life of the Sama Dilaut migrants; (2) why the Sama Dilaut migrants chose Pentecostal

Christianity, not other organizations that were also willing to help; and (3) how their conversion reconfigured the

Sama Dilaut community from within and in relation to its host society.

I will argue that in contrast to the study of the “the Sama Dilaut experience with official Islam in Sabah, Malaysia” by

Japanese anthropologist Nagatsu Kazufumi, the acceptance of the Christian faith among the Sama Dilaut in Davao

City has not offered them upward social mobility in the main stream society; instead, it served as a significant

apparatus to reconstruct their ethnic identity to survive as the “Christian Bajau” in the multi-ethnic urban market

society. I will also argue that it created space for the converts to conceptualize and operate an economy of gifts which

does not contradict the individualism that Pentecostalism brings its followers.

Yaya-alaga relationship: An Alternative Way of “Family”

Yukika Ohmura

Kyoto University

In the Philippines, “the family is basic to the life of Filipinos” and kinship is traced through blood ties to extend to

religious rituals. The family possesses the role to reproduce family members, rear children, and discipline children.

However, some of these family roles in Filipino families are substituted by other kinship members and even by non-

Page 2: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

family members. The yaya, nanny or caretaker, is almost a necessary figure in middle and upper class Filipino families.

The yaya has the role to rear children but for some alagas (children in their charge), the yaya is more than a caretaker

and rather a second mother figure or an alternative way of parenting figure. At the same time, yayas also consider the

alaga and alaga’s parents as part of her family. Also the yaya is an ambiguous figure in the “family” due to the

existence of hierarchy which changes over the time between yaya and alaga. At the same time there is another

hierarchy existing between the yaya and other kasambahays that distinguish yayas from other kasambahays as “part

of the family”. In the panel presentation, the boundary of the “family” between the Filipino middle and upper class

families and the yaya is discussed in terms of “fictive kinship”, “milk kinship” “mater/social motherhood” and also

“relatedness”. This is to provide a conception of yayas in the Filipino upper and middle class families as a “figure that

erodes the boundary of divided private spheres coming from social class difference”.

Session 1B

RE-NARRATING THE NATION

A Study of Historicity of Rene O. Villanueva's Works in Children's Literature (1978-2007)

Eliezar L. Iñigo

University of the Philippines Los Baños

Rene O. Villanueva (1954-2007) was a multi-awarded writer (children's story writer, playwright, essayist) and

regarded by some scholars as “The Father of Modern Children's Literature in the Philippines”. He was one of the first

writers when the Aklat Adarna Kasaysayan series of then Children's Communication Center was founded in the late

1970's. He also became known as the head writer of the popular children's television program Batibot in the 1980s

and 1990s. In his three decades of writing for children, he often wrote about myths, legends, lives of heroes and

historical events. A reason why he did so, it should be noted, was that he graduated with a bachelor's degree in History.

To know how faithful or accurate to our history were his children's stories is something worthwhile, especially if we

consider how powerful their influence can be on children.

This paper will investigate the historical accuracy of Rene O. Villanueva works in children's literature by analyzing

all of his stories categorized or considered as 'historical'. This would give us a view of how valid his stories are in

relation to our 'history' and how his historical imagination was used to portray our history to. This study attempts to

contribute to the field of children's literature and history.

Authenticity or Wholeness? Filipino-ness in Miguel Syjuco’s Ilustrado

Jessica Gross

St. Louis College of Pharmacy

St.Louis, Missouri, USA

Questions of Filipino-ness run throughout Miguel Syjuco’s 2010 novel Ilustrado. One of its protagonists, Filipino

author Crispin Salvador, is several times accused by his critics of not being an authentic Filipino writer. The novel

puts the terms “authentic” and “whole” (a term whose meaning is not apparent until the end of the novel) into

opposition. I argue that Filipino identify is unsettled, and then ultimately redefined, in Ilustrado. This is done primarily

in a scene in the last chapter when Miguel, the book’s other main character, finds the boxes – supposedly filled with

a missing book manuscript – for which he has been searching in the entire novel. The boxes are empty, but Miguel

realizes that, in fact, the empty boxes contain the totality of human life and, therefore, his journey looking for the

missing book manuscript is complete.

In his meditation on the boxes, the narrator muses that “…one cannot help but look at what has just been made

whole…” (299). Ilustrado suggests that Filipino identity can be located in the sense of wholeness—which both

Ilustrado’s protagonists find at the end as they return to the Philippines—rather than in authenticity, which, the novel

points out, is a constantly moving target that was never “authentic” to begin with. Wholeness, Ilustrado argues, is a

putting together of the pieces of a multivalent identity while at the same time respecting that what is missing as just

as constituent of identity as what is present.

Page 3: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Poetry and the State (Or how poets defined the Filipino nation during martial law)

Lilia Quindoza Santiago

University of Hawai’i at Mano’a

Do poems have the power to oust a dictator? In ancient Greece, Plato declared that poets must be banished from the

Republic. He argued that poets and the practice of art and poetry are impediments to a lawful and just social order.

My paper interrogates Plato’s assumptions about art and poetry in the Philippine context. I read the poetry of Filipinos

written from 1966 – 1986 during the Presidency of Ferdinand Marcos. These poems are written in three important

languages of the country - English the international lingua franca, Filipino, the Tagalog based national language, and

Ilokano the common language of peoples in Northern Luzon.

The poets writing in English show how the language of the empire is wielded to wage resistance to a fascist regime.

Poets writing in Ilokano illustrate how folk wisdom is a greater force than kinship and political patronage, Ferdinand

Marcos being their fellow Ilokano. Poets writing in Tagalog, even as they were divided into different poetic and

political orientations, chronicle modes of engagement with Philippine society and revolution. Poets in these major

Philippine languages exhorted readers to write and fight. Their voices were united in the dismantling of an unjust

social and political order. Their verses show how poetics influences politics. The poetical becomes political.

My final argument is that modern Philippine poetics is rooted in Philippine discursive and normative practices that

helped define the Filipino nation in the 20th century. The poets and their texts of socially engaged poetry helped set

the Filipino people free.

Session 1C

NARRATIVE INTERVENTIONS

National Dreams, Liberating Fantasies: Problematizing the Cinematic “Bonifacio”, “Aguinaldo”, and “Luna”

Kevin Ansel Dy, University of the Philippines Diliman

Hansley A. Juliano, Ateneo de Manila University

As a period of founding significance to the Philippine nation-state, the Philippine Revolution (and its figures) has

captured our collective imagination. While the legacies of the major figures of the Revolution are subject to competing

representations of various historians, a “textbook narrative” consensus has filtered into popular consciousness. It is

from this context that recent representations in film emerge, becoming occasions for audiences to reflect on

contemporary political conditions. How, then, are each of these films inscribed in existing historical debates and

competing forms of historico-political imagination? In this study, we argue that in remembering and re-imagining the

Revolution through their chosen “heroes”, these films recruit the audience in demarcated historical debates of not only

who among them personifies the Revolution, but more importantly, what is the legacy of the Revolution itself – with

consequences to societal discourse.

It is in this light that we propose to examine the following films: Mark Meilly’s El Presidente, Enzo Williams’s

Bonifacio: Ang Unang Pangulo, and Jerrold Tarog’s Heneral Luna (the most recent and, so far, most commercially

successful). We shall do this by: (1) reassessing the historical literature on the Philippine Revolution and the respective

figures portrayed in the films; (2) tracing the genealog(ies) from historiography to portrayal-in-film; and (3) examining

how these films attempt to frame our contemporary political and national imagination(s). In doing so, we aim to shed

light on the struggle for control over the representations and symbolic significance of this founding period and its

personages.

Love, Politics, Desire and the Public Sphere: A Close Reading of Two Filipino Biographical Movies as Narrative

Interventions in Our Imagination of the Nation

Odine Maria M. De Guzman

University of the Philippines Diliman

Page 4: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

This paper is a close reading of two Filipino movies as narrative interventions that have the potential to contribute to

the expansion of the public sphere and, thereby, to social change. The bio-movies under discussion are Markova:

Comfort Gay (2000) and Aishite imasu, 1941 (2004). Both are set during the Japanese occupation of Manila, take on

a biographical mode, and present a narrative lens for looking at complex issues that are often muted, such as sexuality,

sexual slavery, love and betrayal. A review of online public commentaries and movie reviews suggests that an attitude

of openness and judiciousness about these issues among the general viewership may be forthcoming. The paper argues

the movies and their narrative-telling contribute an alternative way of understanding and even re-acting toward these

issues—a way that resonates with a sense of a ‘compassionate community’.

The paper emphasizes the important ability of the arts, in this case, film and narrative, to intervene in public discourse

and history-making, offer space for pause, and perhaps, a rethinking or an evaluation of certain dominant, received

ideas about gender, violence, and the enemy or the ‘Other’. The reading and the ideational interventions asserted are

necessary, and especially relevant in light of vitriolic public, online commentary during the investigation and trial –

and then silence – of the murder of Jennifer Laude, a Filipino transgender woman by a US marine, who was deceived

by her gender identity. Although this was another case of American GIs violating Philippine laws, ironically, many

Filipinos, this time, engaged in victim-blaming instead of calling for mass action against the Balikatan, the processes

of the judiciary, or the weak political system. The nation was relatively quiet.

In this matter, the paper scrutinizes the reasons for the calm – the undercurrents of passion, dispassion, nationalism

and sexism.

Framing Intsik: A Glimpse of Perceptions towards the Chinese as Gleaned from Various Frames in

Philippine Society

Michael Anthony R. Ngo

Mindanao State University – Iligan Institute of Technogy (MSU-IIT)

The perception towards the Chinese or Intsik, as they are popularly called, is mostly molded by the information, images

and stories presented through various mediums that are accessible to people. Such mediums are contributory to the

emerging (mis)conceptions that have been circulating in Philippine society even during the Spanish era. As a result,

anti-Chinese sentiments or Sinophobia existed among Filipinos causing discrimination, riots, and trust issues against

the Intsik. By employing archival research, the main aim of this study is to look into these mediums and see how the

perceptions were (re)created from the selected sources where “Chineseness” was mostly articulated and presented.

For this study, the Framing Model Theory is utilized to provide such frames to (re)create the images, information and

stories of the Intsik from the following arenas: Family Oral History, Media and selected scholarly works.

Session 1D

MUSLIMS IN THE PHILIPPINES OR FILIPINO MUSLIMS?

The Lanao Uprising in 1972

Tirmizy E. Abdullah

Mindanao State University Marawi

The Lanao Uprising took place on October 21 to 23, 1972, one hundred years after the Cavite Mutiny in 1872 and

precisely one month after the declaration of Martial Law in 1972. It was an armed and violent uprising of the

Bangsamoro people in Lanao del Sur and Lanao del Norte led by the Moro National Liberation Front (MNLF). It was

the sharpest response of the Bangsamoro people to the Martial Law declared by President Ferdinand Marcos on

September 21, 1972. The Lanao areas, particularly the Muslim city of Marawi, were attacked by several hundred

angry rebels, who succeeded in occupying Camp Amai Pakpak and Pantar Bridge which connects the two Lanao

provinces. They took complete control of the Mindanao State University (MSU)-Marawi open campus where the

Japanese Ambassador to the Philippines, Toshio Urabe, was almost captured. It is historically significant for the

Bangsamoros because it served as the inception of larger-scale violence in Mindanao in the 1970s. The armed conflict

swiftly spread to the Bangsamoro areas of the provinces of undivided Cotabato and Sulu. After this uprising in 1972,

Page 5: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

the Bangsamoro people and Muslim Mindanao were never the same again; It served as a most indispensable historical

turning point.

This paper attempts to provide a comprehensive account of the Lanao Uprising through interviews with the surviving

real actors and players. It begins by determining the factors surrounding its inception. It then tries to reconstruct and

investigate the claim that it was the most important event in the birth of the Bangsamoro rebellion. It seeks to shed

some light into the real motivations and underpinnings of the uprising; was it based on personal grudge or was it really

part of the nationalist struggle?

Bouncing Back After the War: The Case of Muslim and Christian Communities After the 2008 MILF Siege

in Lanao del Norte

Sulpecia L. Ponce, Sittie Aisah D. Abubacar, and Annie Joy A. Dagpin

Mindanao State University- Iligan Institute of Technology

The municipality of Kolambugan, Lanao del Norte, was attacked by the MILF on August 18, 2008 which resulted in

hostage-taking and the death of civilians, and the burning of houses and public facilities. This study describes the

experiences of Muslims and Christians during and after the said incident. It also examines the economic, peace and

order condition, Muslim-Christian relations and the recovery after the war. The researchers found out that the thriving

economic activity of Kolambugan before the conflict is now less lucrative with the decline in the income of business

establishments and the absence of more business investors in the area. The peaceful situation of the community prior

to the siege is now replaced by security threats, incidence of vendetta in the hinterland communities and kidnapping.

The friendly coexistence of Muslims and Christians before the conflict is now muddled with suspicion and social

distance. At present, the community finds it hard to recover economically, but attempts to restore the relations between

the Muslims and Christians have been facilitated through engagement which increase the frequent contacts of both

groups like the regular conduct of physical fitness activities, among others. The road to socio-economic recovery still

has a long way to go.

Marrying Your Neighbor: The Marital Bridge to Peace in Mindanao

Eric S. Casino, Independent Scholar

Alano T. Kadil, Notre Dame University, Cotabato City

The diverse peoples of Mindanao are simplistically classified as “Tri-People,” corresponding to Muslims, Lumads,

and Settlers. Popularized in the media, even by academics and politicians, Tri-People is a construct that avoids

multiplicity of social groups on the ground. It is a generic classification that can lead to divisiveness and exclusivity,

a dark underside of identity politics. Constructed categories are lifeless abstractions, or conceptual systems that do

not interact. To experience real-life interaction, investigators need to step out of the box of an idealized concept, into

the world of flesh and blood individuals.

One such interaction is in cases of mixed marriages. People who marry across social boundaries of religion, ethnicity,

occupation, or geography tend to regard partners not in terms of Tri-People abstractions, but in concrete personal and

social attributes. They marry someone from Davao, Butuan, Cotabato, or Cebu; or who is ethnically Maranao

(Meranao), Ilonggo, or Tagalog; or one who works as teacher, market vendor, or nurse. The saying that love is blind

has particular resonance with many cases of mixed marriages.

Mixed marriages are under-appreciated bridges towards peace and prosperity in Mindanao. The trend to marry across

traditional Tri-People categories cries for more; it is a contributor to peaceful communities. The purposes of this paper

are: to better define and understand this practice, to discover the social conditions that promote cross-ethnic marriages,

and to outline how this practice contributes to peace building. We will approach this topic through case-studies,

reserving a broader, statistically oriented study of its frequency and distribution in future follow-up studies.

Page 6: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 1E

DIFFERENT APPROACHES TO DISASTER MANAGEMENT

E-Government Service Delivery and Citizen Participation: The Case of Disaster Risk Reduction and

Management in Metro Manila

Natividad Cristina J. Gruet

De La Salle University

The advent of Web 2.0, or the development of a more user-dynamic internet technology, has opened a new wave of

conversation regarding its impact on human interaction and communities. The Internet has allowed a multi-way

process of communication between individuals, localities, and institutions. Thus, there is a demand for a more nuanced

approach within the context of an oscillating process of shaping both the technology and society rather than treating

the Internet as a single-directional phenomenon. This has implications on citizen-government relationships

particularly in government service delivery areas that require shared responsibility, such as Disaster Risk Reduction

and Management (DRRM). In DRRM, the underlying need for channels and methods that will enable coordination

and cooperation have resulted in certain government agencies adopting a more “social” approach to information

dissemination and crowd-sourcing. The establishment of a strong and constant presence of key government agencies,

such as the Metro Manila Development Authority (MMDA) and PAGASA-DOST on various Web 2.0 platforms,

creation of crowd-sourcing technologies, such as “Project Noah”, and the appropriation of official country-specific

keywords or hashtags – such as #walangpasok, #floodPH, #rescuePH – enable significant levels of participation and

government-citizen interaction. The result is more direct multi-way and multi-level methods of communicating local

information that have contextualized a universal platform and technological language. This study will look into how

the adoption of Web 2.0 technologies by communities and government affects government service delivery particularly

in the area of DRRM.

Climate Justice and the Protection of Future Generations: A Philippine Perspective Lowell Bautista

University of Wollonggong, Australia

Climate change by its nature and scale is an inherently intergenerational problem with extremely serious implications

for equity between the present and future generations. In the context of global climate justice, the issue of

intergenerational ecological justice is both controversial and not very clearly defined. The core of the debate concerns

the question of whether future generations have legal rights and the corresponding legal duties of present generations

to protect them. The issue is particularly contentious because it raises issues concerning ethics, morality, human rights,

economics, law, and justice, among others.

This paper will discuss, examine, and critically evaluate the issue of the protection of future generations in the context

of climate justice from a Philippine perspective. It will examine the historical, normative and theoretical foundations

of the concept of intergenerational equity in international law in the context of climate justice debates in the

Philippines. The paper will also review and analyze the existing international legal and policy frameworks and relevant

international and regional laws and mechanisms on climate change, and how these principles have been interpreted,

embodied or applied in Philippine laws, policies, and jurisprudence on climate change. Finally, it will evaluate whether

distributive justice and corrective justice mechanisms addressing climate change in the Philippine context are

sustainable and viable options to protect future generations from the challenges of climate change.

State and Non-State Actors as Agents of Human Security and Resilience? Three Localities in Leyte

after Yolanda

Maria Ela L. Atienza, Clarinda L. Berja, Jan Robert R. Go

University of the Philippines Diliman

Page 7: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Leyte province is characterized by huge social and economic inequalities as evidenced by poverty and other human

development indicators. When super typhoon Haiyan/Yolanda hit the province and neighboring provinces in 2013,

Leyte was severely affected, with large numbers of deaths as well as displaced and homeless people. However, the

area has received massive national and international relief funding, particularly in post-disaster reconstruction and

poverty alleviation. There is thus an opportunity to actually address issues of redistribution, poverty alleviation, human

security threats and vulnerabilities, and helplessness in the face of natural risks.

Guided by the frameworks of multilevel participatory governance and human security in its various dimensions

(freedom from fear and want and freedom to live in dignity), this paper seeks to evaluate in the short-term (about two

years after Haiyan), the effectiveness of state and non-state actors in promoting human security, especially poverty

relief strategies and resilience, from the perspectives of people in the affected areas. State actors include both national

and local governments while non-state actors refer to people’s organizations, religious groups, non-governmental

organizations, international agencies and the private sector. How do these actors impact on human security in three

local government units in Leyte? Do they contribute to capacity-building to address problems of livelihood, resilience

against various threats and vulnerabilities, and disempowerment? Data will be taken from three localities (Tacloban,

Tanauan, and Palo). Data gathering methods include review of related literature and documents, key informant

interviews, focus group discussions among vulnerable groups, and household surveys.

Session 2A

LEARNING IN CONTEXT

Schooling and Silencing of Dropouts’ Voices

Peter G. Romerosa

Arellano University

Dropouts’ voices speak of two conflicting perspectives about school leaving. Monolithic lens attributes this

phenomenon to individual and family deficiencies on the one hand while critical lens imputes the issue to constraining

bureaucratic functions of schooling and power relations that exist within education and the broader society on the

other. The former labels school leavers as dropouts while the latter opposes the social label by describing them as

pushed-outs. By listening to the voices of the victims themselves and of actors directly involved in community life

and education, this quasi-ethnographic study extrapolates that school leaving is profoundly mediated by structural

constraints of schooling and disabling power relations that exist within education and the broader society. Thus, the

weight and tension between these conflicting social forces at both macro and micro level are received by the most

marginalized and unheard voices of the unwitting victims.

The 21st Century Learner and the Arts: The Case for Student Artists in Philippine Higher Education

Maria Luisa M. Susa

Colegio de San Juan de Letrán Calamba

In Philippine higher educational institutions, it is not uncommon to find student artists in dance troupes, theater

companies, choral ensembles, and the like who spend hours on rehearsals, performances and other related activities.

For the occasional privilege of being in the limelight, these student artists have to strike a balance between involvement

in the arts and academic course work, without much institutional support from their university. As Philippine higher

education shifts to “outcome-based education,” it is worth it to look into these student involvements.

The very limited literature on student involvement in extracurricular activities says that students who engage in

activities outside the formal structure of the curriculum have improved self-confidence, personal organization, time

management, and increased flexibility and adaptability (Fredricks & Eccles, 2006). The arts is one area of student

involvement that provides learners a regular engagement in acquiring multiple skills and abilities which nurture the

development of cognitive, social, and personal competencies (Fiske, 2015). This paper looks into the competencies

acquired by student-artists from their involvement in campus arts companies (or popularly known as cultural

groups/performing arts groups). With Colegio de San Juan de Letrán Calamba as the locus of research and the O-B-E

Page 8: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

movement as the context, the paper aims to analyze how these competencies contribute to the realization of the

school’s institutional intended learning outcomes and graduate attributes.

Legitimizing Embodied Knowledge: Learning Ballet Dancing in the Philippines

Monica Fides Amada Wong Santos

University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

In this paper, I examine local learning practices among ballet practitioners in the Philippines, specifically the ways in

which ‘competence’ in the performance of ballet dancing is evaluated, measured, and legitimized. I suggest that these

practices are informed by imaginations of cosmopolitanism arising from the transnational cultural encounters of local

ballet practitioners. More significantly, they also unveil local hierarchies of knowledge-bearing within this community

of practitioners, and within the larger Philippine society. This study provides a nuanced look at a process of

localization of a foreign dance form and draws on the analytical tools in linguistic anthropology and the anthropology

of human movement which view human movements as “dynamically embodied knowledge” and culturally meaningful

social acts. As such, the notion of ballet dancing as a ‘universal dance form’ is re-considered in this study, which

inquire into the local meanings of the movements within the vocabulary of ballet dancing as well as the dance form

itself, as articulated in the learning practices promoted by ballet practitioners in the Philippines. This study is based

on ethnographic fieldwork conducted in the Philippines, mostly in Metro Manila, in 2010 and in 2012-2013.

Session 2B

THE DISTANT PAST REVISITED

Indian Influences in Tausug Culture: A Brief Description

Kamaruddin Bin Alawi Mohammad

University of the Philippines Diliman

Indian influence has always been pervasive in this area of the Southeast Asia. This influence is traced back to two

great empires in the past – Sri Vijaya and Majapahit. The cultures of said empires are collectively known in the

literature as Buddhist-Hindu culture. It is in this area of culture that Indian influence is more articulated. In the case

of the Philippines, Buddhist-Hindu culture had a stronger influence in places like the Sulu Archipelago and the

Visayan region due to earlier contact and consistent exposure in the past through trading ports and even conflicts. In

the case of Sulu, geographical location was a plus factor.

In Sulu – with its ports well established ports and strategic geographical location – Indian influence is entrenched in

the language, arts, and traditional practices of the people. Albeit suppressed by the coming of Islam, Muslim preachers

never eradicated traditional practices, radically causing it to be incorporated into syncretic practices by some Muslim

converts. It is still practiced by some Muslim Filipinos and is referred to in recent literature as pre-Islamic traditional

practices. The dominant culture in Sulu is that of the Tausug, one of the major ethno-linguistic group in the Southern

Philippines. This paper is an attempt to call attention to Indian influence in Tausug culture. I limited the coverage to

two topics – language (loan words) and selected Buddhist-Hindu influenced traditional rites still in practice up to the

present time.

Ancient Goldworking Tradition in Butuan, Northeastern Mindanao, Philippines

Victor Estrella

University of the Philippines Diliman

A couple of decades ago, gold objects, in the form of worked and unworked items, were found together with objects

deemed to be tools (i.e., crucibles, wooden implements, and other paraphernalia) in Ambangan and Libertad sites in

Butuan, Northeastern Mindanao. This assemblage was initially analysed through the Intra-ASEAN Excavation and

Conservation Programme, but little has been published since then. This research project tries to analyse the gold and

other materials attributed to gold working activities found in these sites in Butuan in order to establish meaningful

Page 9: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

systems and subsystems of gold-working technology in the region. The paper argues that such gold working

technology consisted of physical activities influenced by Southeast Asian technological style and mental activities

influenced by their own culture’s belief system. Through inferences from the materials and the information provided

by ethno-historic and ethnographic accounts, as well as by contemporary literature, the study will be able to reconstruct

the different activities involved in the transformations of gold’s socio-technological system during the last 1,000 years

in Butuan.

Deciphering Ancient Bisayan Writing on Recently-Discovered Artifacts

Rolando O. Borrinaga

University of the Philippines Manila at Tacloban

In 2008, this author cracked a 50-year-old puzzle, the inscription in old Philippine script (baybayin) around the mouth

of the Calatagan Pot, a declared National Cultural Treasure now permanently displayed at the Baybayin Gallery of

the National Museum of Anthropology in Manila. He thereafter presented and published a paper which proved that

the inscription on this artifact was in the Bisayan language, and his transcription and analysis has been adopted and

given credence by the National Museum in a poster and in the narrative of a running video presentation at the gallery.

The method and approach developed by the author in deciphering the Calatagan Pot inscription soon proved useful in

deciphering the baybayin writings on the two Monreal Stones, artifacts discovered on Ticao Island in Masbate in 2011.

His findings showed that the writing on the two stones was also in the Bisayan language. The writings on the Calatagan

Pot and the Monreal Stones provide outline-guides for performing some ancient rituals.

In October 2015, the author deciphered the purported ancient writing on the Intramuros Pot Shard, which was likened

to the Calatagan Pot upon its discovery in 2008 and is now also displayed in the Baybayin Gallery of the National

Museum. However, the writing is not baybayin but a crude cursive Roman script of two undivided Bisayan words –

(B)agtingue [bagtingi; ring it] and tvvsan [tuusan; archaic, show respect] – acts related to the performance of a ritual.

In November 2015, the author and some companions discovered a tiny celadon pot that dates back to the Song Dynasty

(960-1279 AD) while conducting Cultural Mapping field work in Limasawa, Southern Leyte. This artifact, apparently

a burial send-off item, was embossed with baybayin writing in the Bisayan language, which after decipherment

presented the outline of a related ritual for disposing the dead body from a bakalag, human sacrifice. In the bakalag

ritual practiced by the ancient Filipinos, they crushed to death some slaves or captives during the launching to the sea

of their war-boats or large vessels to invoke luck from their deities.

This paper presents the key findings and highlights of the author’s efforts in deciphering ancient Bisayan writing on

recently-discovered artifacts in the country.

Session 2C

TECHNOLOGY, POWER, AND IDENTITY: EXPLORATIONS IN FILIPINO ART

The Narrative of the Work-in-Progress: Creative Process and Production on the World Wide Web

Zeny May Dy Recidoro

University of the Philippines Diliman

This paper aims to explore the characteristics and nuances of presenting the art process and the representation of

finished artwork in online platforms, as expressed by the hashtags #ArtPH and #WIP (or Work-in-Progress), such as

tumblr, instagram, and facebook to name a few. It asks questions of how the interweb and -net transforms how we

view and create art, how it affects the creative process (as expressed in the gesture of making updates, hashtagged

#WIP, under the pretext of the statement “pics or it didn't happen”) as it becomes not only a period of meditative

creation but also an event, and how these digital platforms affect the intangible and material value of an artwork. The

study lends its focus to young creative Filipinos, ultimately calling into discourse the (dis)connect and discontent of

representing identity and aesthetic in a supposedly neutral space.

Page 10: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

More Than Just Pakulo? Shop 6 and the Rise of Philippine Conceptual Art

Tina Le

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Shop 6 was the name given to a commercial space in Sining Kamalig shopping arcade that briefly served as a

temporary art exhibition space in Manila from 1974-1975. Shop 6 additionally referred to the group of loosely

affiliated conceptual artists who exhibited at the stall and were active during the 1970s. These artists also frequently

exhibited at the Cultural Center of the Philippines (CCP), First Lady Imelda Marcos’ cultural institution, which had

been inaugurated in 1969, three years after President Ferdinand Marcos’ Executive Order No. 30 to establish it. They

presented works as part of the 13 Artists Awards, an award conceived by Roberto Chabet that afforded young,

upcoming artists the opportunity to exhibit works at the CCP. Shop 6 artists continued to be active with the CCP with

a group exhibition in 1975 after they stopped exhibiting in their shop space. While the CCP gave artists a space to

make art for a local authoritative institution, the use of debris and everyday objects in their installation practices denied

complicity with Lady Marcos’ cultural nation-building agenda and her ideas of beauty. My paper examines the use of

“alternative” materials in art from the late 1960s to 70s in the Philippines and its relationship to temporality and power.

How do these artists manage to negotiate between state interests of developing a local arts culture and their own

interests of fitting themselves within a global context? My project will further examine how artists called into question

the value of artistic labor outside of monetary exchange or exported nationalism through their engagement with

alternative materials.

Art and Anthropology

Almira Astudillo Gilles

Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago

Anthropological research in studying material culture involves reconstruction and representation. Artistic creation is

likewise engaged, and both work on the premise that an ethnographic object is incomplete, and that the “archive” of

that object is open and ongoing. The recently concluded Art and Anthropology: Portrait of the Object as

Filipino focuses on this intersection, with a goal of enacting the creation of meaning or knowledge by re-engaging

with ethnographic objects. Focusing on both the process of art creation and its outcome, five painters from the

Philippines and five Filipino Americans from Chicago created art that portrayed their cultural identity and relationship

to an ethnographic object. The artists and their work traveled to and from the Philippines and Chicago (home of the

Field Museum of Natural History which houses 10,000 Philippine artifacts in storage). In addition, two collaborative

works were created by all ten artists, Art in Plenty in the Philippines and Deconstructing “Filipino” in Chicago. One

of the more interesting outcomes from the interaction between the Filipino and Filipino American artists was a strong

dichotomy perceived by the two groups regarding their cultural identities, which was reflected in the mural design in

Chicago. In the course of their art creation and interaction, tension arose around issues of cultural appropriation,

ethnicity, and creative expression. Funded by the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, this project is an

extension of a global heritage management initiative of the Field Museum which will host the exhibition through June

2016. The project will be included in a book on art and anthropology to be released in 2017.

Session 2D

MAPPING FILIPINO/ASIAN SPIRITUALITY (IES): STEWARDSHIP,

CLIMATE CHANGE AND DISASTERS

The panel “Mapping Filipino/Asian Spirituality (ies): Stewardship, Climate Change, and Disasters focuses on issues

of climate change related to efforts to rebuild communities of resilience in areas affected by human induced disasters

and natural hazards, and increasing vulnerabilities resulting from malgovernance and unsustainable development

paradigms. It considers community level responses to the effects of climate change from the perspective of liberation

anthropologies and geographies, liberation psychologies, and liberation theologies and spiritualities. The panel

addresses (1) some of the contradictions of development vis-à-vis a case analysis of local organized community

responses to some of the adverse effects of governmental mining policies on their lives and livelihoods and that of the

natural environment and wildlife habitat and (2) some of the responses of frontline church based social action networks

Page 11: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

and organizations working in the face of climate change and its disastrous impact such as Cat5 Haiyan (Yolanda) in

2013, and Cat5 Bopha (Pablo) in 2013.

Walking on a Tightrope: Local Autonomy, Mining Moratorium, and House Bill 6753

Meriam Bravante

University of Calgary, Canada

Can the Government of the Republic of the Philippines (GRP) come up with a mining policy that can cater to the

interests of various stakeholders? Will House Bill 5367 reconcile the opposing interests of mining stakeholders? When

it comes to mining in the Philippines, decision-makers have to walk a fine line when prescribing solutions to improve

economic growth. Mining is a controversial issue. On one hand, there is the national government attempting to shore

up the country’s economy primarily by tapping its vast mineral reserves. There is also the mining industry encouraged

by previous administrations, and high global demand for minerals, but stymied by strong local opposition. At the

other end of the spectrum, the local government units (LGUs) continue to assert their local autonomy and test the

extent of their powers, especially through local legislation. Being closest to their constituents, they find a lot of

pressure from local communities who are very concerned with the environmental effects of government programs and

activities, yet seem to offer them little, if any, economic benefits but many negative consequences.

The Supreme Court of the Philippines has played a key role in shaping the debate and policies on the extent of powers

of local governments. This paper will analyze the latest attempts to reconcile these opposing concerns through House

Bill 5367 (HB 5367). It is primarily descriptive and secondarily prescriptive. Initial analysis of HB 5367 indicates that

it waters down the legal abilities of local communities to magnify their voice and it curtails the powers of LGUs under

the Local Government Code. This is another example wherein the GRP prioritizes resource extraction in pursuit of

economic growth over local conditions and concerns when engaged in environmentally destructive activities.

Faith-Based Organizations and Resilience-Building Initiatives in Post-Disaster Areas

Milet B. Mendoza

Independent Humanitarian and Development Practitioner

Faith-based organizations (FBOs) in the Philippines play critical roles in creating alternatives or complementary

ground-based mechanisms for disaster preparedness, recovery and risk reduction, and for sustainable development of

communities. This is especially crucial where governance systems are weak or sometimes hardly existent, especially

in disadvantaged hinterlands. This paper argues that post-disaster recovery and resilience-building in Bopha (local

name Pablo) affected areas were very much associated with the chapel-based ecclesial communities’ construction of

“social geographies of compassion” over the last few years in Mindanao.

Based on ethnographic and survey data bases, this paper argues that FBOs provide the crucial social capital (i.e.,

bonding, bridging. and linking capital) as well as mediating/brokering functions between national/local governments,

outside humanitarian agencies, civil society organizations (CSOs), community-based group, and the poor people

trying to recover from damage and losses from typhoons and floods.

Mapping Gender and Spirituality in Post-Haiyan/Yolanda Areas: Crafting and Contesting Community

Resilience Initiatives

Emma E. Porio

Ateneo de Manila University

Mapping spirituality in post-disaster recovery and resilience-building initiatives among marginalized women’s groups

need multi-layered and intersecting trans-disciplinary approaches. Utilizing both qualitative (e.g., narratives,

family/local history of disasters, adaptation and resilience-building) and quantitative (national/community surveys)

approaches, this study tried to measure the dimensions and role of women’s spirituality/ies and community resilience

in post-Haiyan areas. The study found that (1) there is a strong intersection of micro-meso-macro level factors

associated with spirituality and community resilience initiatives, and (2) these intersections and their effects become

stronger when contested/challenged by both internal and external forces. Women-led post-disaster

Page 12: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

programs/initiatives, which are contextually mobilized with faith-based organizations (FBOs) and other people’s

organizations, decrease contestations within/without and increase the support/promotion of community-resilience

building approaches to post-disaster recovery.

Toward an Anthropologies/Geographies of Liberation: Culture/Faith-Based Approaches to Philippine

Reconstruction Efforts, Unite (Capitalist Models, Divide)

Kathleen G. Nadeau

California State University, San Bernardino

This paper will take the position that there is a strong link between poverty and environmental degradation, which

makes poor people more vulnerable to climate-change related disasters. It argues that neoliberal approaches to

redressing the problems of climate change are further increasing the gap between the rich and poor by promoting

development projects in the affected communities that tend to empower some people but not everyone. Some

individuals benefit by being given jobs and material goods but other individuals are left wanting. An alternative

approach can be found by looking at multi-indigenous and pre- and semi-capitalist Philippine cultural frameworks

that promote a more community-oriented and collaborative ethos of care for each individual human being and the

environment and all living things as a whole. Many organic intellectuals in the Philippines are involved in these semi-

capitalistic and collaboratively oriented local faith-based communities. Their practical works on the ground are the

inspiration for feminist liberation theologies, liberation psychologies (indigenous psychology), and liberation

anthropologies and geographies. These organic intellectuals and social action workers already are encouraging the

communities with whom they work to view the land as sacred. This paper will argue, by way of comparative case

analyses, for the inclusion of organic intellectuals on disaster assessment teams. They are well positioned to partner

with the affected communities to design feasible, environmentally-friendly plans for rebuilding lost communities in

ways that, simultaneously, will replenish the natural environment.

Session 2E

THE SOCIAL LIVES OF INDIGENOUS OBJECTS

Traditional Meranao Woven Malong: A Fashionable Garment among the People of the Lake lanao Area

Labi Hadji Sarip Riwarung

Mindanao State University Marawi

The Meranaos who inhabit the Lake Lanao area are one of the thirteen Muslim ethno-linguistic groups in the

Philippines. They are noted for their artistic, colorful, and sophisticated ornamentation called the “okir” that is used

to decorate everything in a Meranao household, including their garments and the architecture of the house. Weaving

is part of the cultural heritage of the Meranao since it plays an important role in the survival of the people. It is a

traditional and widely practiced craft among the Meranaos as early as the darangen civilization.

This woman’s art is best exhibited in the weaving of mats, baskets, and textiles like malong, langkits, and blanket.

Thus, weaving is mainly a woman’s work that demonstrates the okir visual art of the Meranao. The malong is one of

the best products of the Meranaos in their weaving industry that is expressive of the rich artistic tradition of the people.

It is a tube-like garment with equal circumferential openings at both ends either of which the wearer may regard as

top or bottom. It is the traditional dress of the Meranaos for both men and women, and up to the present they still use

it as principal garment especially during important occasions. Hence, it is a part of the customs, culture, and life of a

Meranao.

This paper is an attempt to showcase the Meranao exotic woven Malong. It will include what a malong is, its colors,

designs, and meanings, the different kinds of malong, and its different uses and ways of wearing it. It will highlight

why the malong is a heritage industry of the Meranao women.

Page 13: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Survey of Igorot Weapons: Their Origins, Types, and Representations

Iӧ M. Jularbal

University of the Philippines Baguio

Weapons, among other tools, measure a people’s sophistication in terms of civilization and technology. But in the

case of the Igorot, it is these tools which colonial minds used as symbols in the establishment of a genocidal head-

hunting trope. With the discovery of the Igorot came a classification of their being – socially, geographically,

ethnically, and materialistically. Weapons, on the other hand, for the colonizing gaze were seen as items which can

never be separated from the image of the savage other; therefore, representations of the Igorot would always come

equipped with weapons and in battle-ready poses.

This paper proposes to address the following points concerning Igorot weapons:

a. That colonial discourse through travel writing has mis-appropriated such tools and that these notions have

become reinforced and solidified throughout the years as factual and historically accurate.

b. That several primary texts on Igorot weaponry have indeed been produced but these still adhere to savage

and barbaric tropes, even failing to exhibit the wide array of differences and metamorphoses of such weapons

and their position as ethnic and individualistic markers of distinct cultures rather than mere interchangeable

death-dealing devices.

In addressing these issues, this paper will establish and present an initial survey of Igorot weapons based on their

types, uses, production processes, among others, in order to create objective and verifiable taxonomy of weapons.

Acceptance of the Togotong in Japanese Music Education

Motohide Taguchi

Freelance Composer, Japan

The togatong (bamboo stamping tubes) is a musical instrument of the Kalinga of North Luzon. This instrument is now

introduced in some music textbooks for secondary schools in Japan. This is because of the acceptance of this

instrument in Japanese music education through creative music-making (CMM) activities. CMM is a way of music

education to nurture the creativity of students through practical trials of compositions by exploring sounds in

improvisation using various materials. It was officially introduced in Japanese music education in the schools in 1989

by the course of study of the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology.

This paper examines this interesting example of the acceptance of something from a foreign culture in Japan by

exploring why and how this instrument was introduced into CMM in Japanese schools and the influences of Filipino

musicians on this process. One of the examples of the latter is the lecture on the music of the Kalinga by the late Dr.

Jose Maceda, a National Artist of the Philippines for music, in the Tokyo Contemporary Music Festival in 1991.

These explorations present us both good and problematic points of this acceptance. Now in Japanese schools, there

are many students of foreign descent. Those having a Filipino father and/or mother are a part of them. Therefore, to

find some benefits from the results it is important to attain mutual understanding between one another with foreign

countries (in this case, Japan and the Philippines) through school music education.

Session 2F

COLONIAL SUBJECTS AND SUBJECTIVITIES

Bittersweet Harvest: Race, Labor, and Capital in the Making of the U.S. Empire

Roneva Keel

University of Washington, Seattle, USA

This paper studies the making of imperial subjects in and through the movements of labor and capital in the U.S.

colonization of Hawai’i and the Philippines. From 1906 to 1946, over 125,000 Filipinos traveled to Hawai’i, most of

them recruited to work in the territory’s lucrative sugar industry, while Hawaiian capital flowed in the opposite

direction to transform the Philippine economy. These transpacific migrations of labor and capital were a central means

Page 14: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

through which the United States extended power in the Pacific. Focusing on U.S. trade policy and the efforts of sugar

producers to secure favorable trade arrangements with the United States, this paper investigates how the U.S. state

promoted transpacific exchanges of labor and capital that bound Hawai’i and the Philippines together in complicated

ways. For instance, just as Hawaiian sugar planters increased their efforts to recruit labor from the Philippines,

Congress passed major tariff legislation in 1909 and 1913 that eventually eliminated tariff duties on Philippine sugar.

With the subsequent expansion of the Philippine sugar industry, Philippine sugar interests became increasingly

agitated that Filipino labor needed at home was being siphoned off to Hawai’i. Concerted opposition to the emigration

of Filipino laborers emerged from Filipino elites, the Manila Chamber of Commerce, and others. The competition for

Filipino labor among the various interests provides a window onto the emerging logics of racial capitalism in the

context of empire. This paper investigates how these logics emerged, not only through labor and immigration, but also

through tariff legislation and land policy.

Past and Present of Filipino Deaf Culture: Genealogy of the Filipino Deaf Culture Discourse

Eri Yamashita

Tokyo University of Foreign Studies

The dissemination of American Sign Language during the American Colonial Period made it difficult to note the

existence of an “original” Filipino Deaf Culture. In the 1990s, Filipino linguists demonstrated that Filipino Sign

Language (FSL) possessed characteristics common to other natural sign languages. The results of those studies

enabled Filipino Deaf Communities to redefine themselves as an ethnic group. Since then, Filipino Deaf Culture has

been in the purview of the linguistics field.

However, there has been very little documentation on the history of the formation of Filipino Deaf Culture examining

the impact of Deaf Education under the American Colonial Period and the American Deaf Culture, this research

explores how the uniqueness and originality of Filipino Deaf Culture was established. The paper has three parts. The

first part explores the relationship between early twenty-century colonialism and the construction of the first Filipino

Deaf community. I examine how the category of “deaf” was established during this period. The second part probes

how the Filipino Deaf Community in Manila achieved a degree of success unprecedented in the world under the

welfare policy of the Marcos Era.

Finally, I suggest that the many significant topics Deaf studies has to offer Philippine history to be explored.

Philippine Legal System as an American Legal Tradition

Lance D. Collins

Hawai’i Institute of Philippine Studies

El original es infiel a la traducción. [The original is unfaithful to the translation.] - Jorge Luis Borges

Amy Rossabi's “The Colonial Roots of Criminal Procedure in the Philippines” provides an important description of

Philippine legal history that is otherwise lacking in the scholarship. Although the article describes the origins of

criminal procedure as colonial in nature flowing from the Spanish period, the only continuity between the Spanish

period and the American period were American colonial officials’ beliefs about Spanish law and the fashioning of an

American legal system that included terms from Spanish law that American colonial officials sought to include. The

invocation of a Spanish legal tradition in the Philippines simply obscures the American origins of the Philippine legal

tradition.

For example, the Penal Code, adopted in the last decade of Spanish rule, had little connection with the daily lives of

ordinary Filipinos. It was not until American legal institutions and procedural rights became applicable to all Filipinos

during the American period that the “Spanish” penal code became an intelligible political institution that impacted the

daily lives of Filipinos – as interpreted through the American legal tradition.

The Spanish colonial period can be actually best understood as the absence of law. Law was not a core institution to

establish or exert colonial control in the Spanish period. Rizal's work demonstrates that. There are many explanations

for the lack of law, one being that Spanish law itself was not unified during the colonial period and could not impose

Page 15: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

itself upon the Philippines as a coherent whole. The other was that the economic orientation of colonial Spain in the

Philippines did not require control by the use of the “law.”

This paper will examine the development of appellate procedure in the Philippines and Hawaii during their respective

“territorial” American colonial periods and afterwards claim that both legal systems are American legal systems.

Attention will also be given to the repudiation of the “political question” doctrine in the 1987 Constitution as an aspect

of appellate procedure.

Session 3A

EDUCATION AS NATION-BUILDING

Educating the Educators: Challenges in the Contextualization, Localization and Indigenization

of the K-12 Curriculum

Ricamela S. Palis

Colegio de San Juan de Letrán Calamba

Republic Act 10533, popularly known as the K-12 Law, institutes an enhanced basic education curriculum by

increasing the number of years of basic education. With quality education and global competitiveness as its product,

the curriculum is described as learner-centered, inclusive, relevant, responsive, research-based, culture-sensitive,

contextualized, and uses pedagogical approaches that are constructivist, inquiry-based, reflective, collaborative, and

integrative.

This paper argues that the biggest challenge for the culture-based education promised by K-12 is the re-training and

re-orientation of teachers. Apart from dealing with dwindling resources and conflicting values within the curriculum

and its delivery system, teachers embody the fundamental problems of a colonially-implanted educational system that

privileges “universal” abstract knowledge and marginalizes local and indigenous knowledge.

Education for Citizenship: The Philippine Center for Civic Education and Democracy’s Advocacy of

‘Project Citizen’

Philip Michael I. Paje and Fe Gladys B. Golo

University of Asia and the Pacific

How can one teach ‘democracy’ to high school students beyond the cliché of a definition that it is a government of

the people, by the people, and for the people? How can this concept be made more concrete and more grounded? What

impressions can a concrete lesson on democracy in turn leave on these students? A non-government organization

based in Pasig City called the Philippine Center for Civic Education and Democracy (PCCED) attempts to actualize

these questions through its nation-wide advocacy called Project Citizen (PC) that it adopted from the Center for Civic

Education in the USA. Project Citizen enables public high school students to understand democracy as a process by

making them experience first-hand how to research, formulate, and design public policies that address a public issue

that directly affects their lives. These public issues can range from the need for proper waste disposal and better

community sanitation, a ban on chemicals readily sold in stores, to the relocation of informal settlers in public

cemeteries, and the conservation of endangered wildlife. The PCCED helps these students to come up with innovative,

relevant, and doable solutions. As a contribution to the 2016 ICOPHIL, this paper aims to discuss this advocacy of

the PCCED within the larger context of education for citizenship. This paper will also highlight Project Citizen’s

significance in enabling students to hone their ‘sociological imagination’ which relates to public issues and to discern

that they can and must actually and readily share the democratic space in the Philippines.

Page 16: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Historical Consciousness, the Classroom, and Nationalism: Exploring the Role of Historical Consciousness

in Nation-Building

Francisco Jayme and Paolo A. Guiang

University of the Philippines Diliman

Historical consciousness plays a vital role in nurturing the nationalistic attitudes of the Filipino youth. The school,

which harbors historical consciousness, shapes the youth into productive and patriotic agents engaged in nation-

building. Hence, this study aims to show that historical consciousness is an essential and indispensable component in

nation-building. The paper will be divided into three discussions. First, it will define the concept and elaborate on the

purpose of historical consciousness. This philosophical inquiry into history and consciousness will be largely taken

from Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel’s Reason in History. Second, this paper will discuss the role of the classroom

in shaping historical consciousness. It will explain how the students comprehend the past within the realm of the

classroom. On the other hand, it will also mention some of the challenges associated with historical consciousness in

the process of learning. Several issues relating to the relationship of history and education are discussed in Eric

Hobsbwam’s On History. Lastly, this paper will localize the context of Philippine education by elaborating on the

vital role of historical consciousness in shaping proactive citizens of the society. It will also tackle the relevance of

historical consciousness to nationalism and how it could produce a true “Filipino education” necessary for nation-

building. This discussion will largely be taken from Renato Constantino’s Miseducation of the Filipinos and Paulo

Freire’s Pedagogy of the Oppressed.

Reconstructing Meanings from Below: An Educational Framework for Resistance to Discrimination Against

Mangyans

Elijah Jesse M. Pine, University of the Philippines Los Baños

Romel A. Daya, De La Salle University/University of the Philippines Los Baños

Social and cultural discrimination against the Mangyans has continued today in what is supposedly their ancestral

island of Mindoro. Narratives of how they are “treated differently” by many “lowlanders” (i.e., non-Mangyans now

inhabiting and dominating Mindoro) persist until today. This paper presents an educational framework for resisting

discrimination against Mangyans and reconstructing meanings attached to them by “lowlanders.” The framework is

largely based on a qualitative study about how Mangyan students of the Tugdaan Mangyan Center for Learning and

Development in Naujan, Oriental Mindoro understand the “differential treatment” they experience from non-

Mangyans. Historical accounts on the cultural, politica,l and economic plight of Mangyans are also factored in.

Specifically, the paper probes into the sources, spaces, and forms of “differential treatment” perpetrated against them;

surfaces the manner by which they respond to the treatment; and proposes a framework of resistance against the

treatment in the context of formal education. This paper then poses a challenge to educators who are proactively

engaged in advocacy projects for the empowerment of vulnerable groups and policy makers who wish to

institutionalize emancipating anti-discrimination laws. In order to conceptualize and implement interventions for

social change, there needs to be a clear analysis of how the problem of discrimination translates to actual scenarios on

the ground, especially with respect to how the affected sector sees it.

Session 3B

THE SOCIOLOGY OF DISASTERS

Limitations to the Emergence of Social Capital: The Case of the Haiyan Bunkhouse Evacuees

Donabel S. Tumandao

University of the Philippines Tacloban College

In 2013 the Philippines recorded the largest displacement in the world due to the onslaught of typhoon Haiyan, the

strongest typhoon that hit the country (IDMC 2014). In Tacloban City, the ground zero of typhoon Haiyan, thousands

of families were displaced and most of them are still staying in bunkhouses. This paper makes a modest contribution

to social capital disaster-related studies. It particularly focuses on a displacement context where typhoon survivors are

staying in the bunkhouses not only with fellow residents from their own barangays but also with other bunkhouse

Page 17: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

evacuees who came from other barangays of the city. Using the case study method, this paper looks into the limitations

to the emergence of social capital of the bunkhouse evacuees as well as the conditions and factors that made these

limitations arise. The results of the study reveal that the incidence of criminal activities in the bunkhouses and the

occurrence of conflicts and misunderstandings among bunkhouse evacuees have negatively affected their

relationships, hampering their interactions which in turn spawns low levels of trust and eventually leads to weaker

cooperative relations in achieving collective action. Furthermore, the findings indicate that the post-disaster condition

of the bunkhouse evacuees, being economically deprived typhoon victims, made these limitations arise. Another factor

is the nature of unit and building assignment where many bunkhouse evacuees stay in buildings with typhoon survivors

who are not from their own barangays.

Slogans, Rumours and the Transformation of Local Identities in Post-Typhoon Haiyan/Yolanda,

Samar and Leyte, Philippines

George Emmanuel Borrinaga

University of Hull, United Kingdom

This paper forms part of a larger PhD research project which examines the link between identity discourses and social

resilience in the face of crises in the Eastern Visayas region. It aims to analyse and provide the historical and social

context to phenomena which emerged in the aftermath of Typhoon Haiyan/Yolanda, said to be the strongest typhoon

to make landfall in recorded history, which most affected Leyte and Samar in the central Philippines regions. In

particular, it will examine slogans of identity and place (e.g., “Tindog Tacloban” [Rise Tacloban], “Waray Ako” [I am

a Waray], etc.) in social networking sites and billboards put up in disaster-hit communities, and largely false rumours

about the looting of food or relief goods from afflicted communities by excluded/marginal social groups (prisoners,

NPA rebels, Badjaos) in the aftermath of the typhoon. These slogans and rumours will be analysed with regard to how

they figured in narratives of inclusion/exclusion that are key to identity discourses that, in turn, are arguably significant

in generating community resilience in response to crises.

The paper will then suggest that, in an environmentally hazard-prone country with a complex political history, events

such as Typhoon Haiyan/Yolanda can be seen as only one of many other types of environmental and human-induced

crises that have continually transformed local people’s self-definition across the centuries, changing self-conceptions

that may be an important factor in the self-organized recovery observed by humanitarian agencies who came to aid

communities usually portrayed as “vulnerable” in international disaster risk reduction frameworks.

Pakikipagpulso (Pulse-Taking Together) as Ethnography: Feminist and Decolonizing Ethnographic Research

in the Wake of Super Typhoon Yolanda

Chaya Go

University of British Columbia, Canada

I offer ethnography as an embodied engagement with everyday survival – in the wake of the strongest storm in

recorded history, or the slow violence of poverty. Having served as an emergency relief worker in the aftermath of

Super Typhoon Yolanda (internationally named Haiyan), and now an anthropologist examining Waray women

survivors’ gendered vulnerabilities in Leyte Island, I ask: How does a feminist scholar activist ‘do’ research in a

community in which she has kin to, while being a distant witness of their everyday struggles? How does a Manileña

write of Waray women survivors’ stories and represent them justly in a publication for Western academic readership?

How does a transnational Filipina build solidarities across geographical borders and hierarchies of knowledge and

privilege? Inspired by the politics of postcolonial feminism and indigenous research methods, I write as a

Tagalog/English-speaking participant observer from Manila/Vancouver assisted by my Binasaya-speaking maternal

relatives in Leyte, complementing feminist anthropological methods with that of Sikolohiyang Pilipino or Indigenous

Philippine Psychology. While methods of pakikipagkuwentuhan (story-telling and conversing), pakikiramdam

(sensing-feeling what is happening), and pakikisama (interaction that build solidarity) do not entirely erase disparities

and power differentials between researcher and participants, this paper argues that they ensure relationships founded

on reciprocity, responsibility, and trust. In continuing the urgent work of activist research practice with communities

in the Philippines struggling through the climate crisis, I theorise ethnography as a practice of pakikipulso—a way of

taking my people’s pulse with them.

Page 18: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Urban Transformation in Disaster Management: A Case of Segregation Extension and Social Strata

Reorganization in Metro Manila

Zenta Nishio

Kyoto University, Japan

Contemporary studies on developing countries typically utilize perspectives of neoliberalism and globalization, which

emphasize partnerships between the public and private sectors of society. Such partnerships conduct infrastructure

development in lieu of the government, and contribute to the gentrification of slum areas. However, these studies

underestimate or neglect the relationship between disaster management and urban transformation. This paper is a case

study on Typhoon Ondoy, which greatly affected Metro Manila in 2009, and emphasizes the importance of disaster

management in the discourse of urban transformation due to its effects on urban planning, social segregation and

stratification.

This study argues that disasters temporarily dissolve pre-existing socially stratified relationships, fostering instead a

situation of communitas. Furthermore, disaster management can divide the elite, middle class, and urban poor through

the exclusion of slum communities from dangerous urban areas. Finally, the segregation of urban poor in relocation

sites in the suburbs reorganizes the social strata of communities by changing their social status from informal settlers

to formal settlers.

Session 3C

ASWANGS AND BEAUTY QUEENS: EXPLORATIONS IN POPULAR CULTURE

Mapping of a Cultural Icon: The Aswang Phenomenon and the Representations of Aswang in

Philippine Provinces

Fernand Francis Hermoso, Engelbert C. Prim, and Dominique Sasha Amorsolo

University of the Philippines Diliman

The human mind delights in the concept of the supernatural. Be it spirits, ghouls, even those whose origins can be

traced to local folklore arouse the human mind and curiosity about “otherworldly beings”. Approaching this statement

from a phenomenological perspective begets a question on why the Filipino aswang myth has continued to be

prevalent even in modern times. Why is it that a simple concept of the “local bogeyman” used to keep children in line

is still prevalent throughout the archipelago and is still well represented in present-day urban and folk cultures despite

lack of proof? Is there an underlying cultural element to this mythology that lends it credence despite its lack of proof

and grants it resilience that allows it to survive despite the advent of modernity and pop culture? Is the fear we feel of

this creature embedded in our society or does it have a phenomenological or even biogeographical origin? This paper

looks at how the myth is geographically distributed throughout the archipelago by mapping representations of the

aswang across the islands and compares these instances based on their similarities and differences across the regions

with the intention of establishing a possible “origin myth” from which the mythology took root and how it differs

from the local myths of the surrounding countries in Southeast Asia. Identifying the commonalities of the

archipelago’s myths about the aswang allows us an insight into the diffusion of folk culture through time and illustrates

how both folk and contemporary cultures diffuse themselves across culture. Lastly, this paper aims to establish the

aswang phenomenon as a folk icon of the Philippine islands.

Philippine Myth and the Supernatural in the Graphic Novel

Ma. Victoria Cayton

University of Asia and the Pacific

Speculative Fiction is a contemporary genre and has consistently grown in both attention and contribution in the past

few years. Combining local color and traditional beliefs identifiable as part of Philippine culture under the umbrella

category of Speculative Fiction has allowed a unique representation of Philippine realism and imaginative narrative

Page 19: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

styles. While short stories have received acclaim and more writers have been continually contributing to this field,

there have equally been outputs under the graphic novel that merit attention.

This study aims to discuss some selections of the graphic novel category by Filipino comic artists such as Arnold

Arre’s The Mythology Class (1999) and Budjette Tan and Kajo Baldisimo’s Trese (2005) series that would be

considered as Speculative Fiction. Focusing on works that contend with themes drawn from the supernatural and

Philippine mythology, this study hopes to present the characteristic quality of Philippine folk belief and superstition.

It aims to focus on contributions by Filipino authors and artists, and to study how aesthetic forms in the graphic novel

and the narrative are combined to present their own views of Philippine religious practices and belief.

Beauty as Discourse: Analyzing the Filipino Psyche in Beauty Pageants

John Jack G. Wigley

University of Santo Tomas

The aesthetic sense is inevitably mediated by one's so-called "world-view." One constructs his or her own social

realities because s/he is a consequent product of such realities. An individual's projection of finding meaning to a lot

of concepts is inflected and reflected by his/her own truths, biases, and prejudices. Thus, expressions on or about

beauty, like "inner beauty," "black beauty," or "beauty is in the eye of the beholder," prove not only to be trite and

contrived utterances meant to signify a particular definition or signification of what we know as the aesthetic, but also

mirrors and refracts certain value judgments and preferences.

The Philippines is purported to be known as "the powerhouse beauty country in Asia" and "home of the most pageant-

crazy citizens." And Filipinos have a natural penchant for involvement, either as ardent organizers or excited viewers

in beauty contests. Beauty queens in the Philippines become overnight sensations, and their pageant experiences serve

them well as they foray into other more lucrative fields, such as business and politics.

This paper seeks to investigate and interrogate certain categorical assumptions of the beauty aesthetic, as evidenced

in beauty pageants, in relation to the Filipino's view of spirituality, spectacle and salvation.

Session 3D

LOCATING/LOCALIZING RELIGIOSITY

Greeting Bodies and the Performance of Catholic Religiosity in the Philippines

Bryan Levina Viray

University of the Philippines Diliman

Sayaw ng Pagbati is a celebratory dance where dancers wave flags in celebration of the Virgin Mary. This dance has

the purpose of transforming the Virgin Mary's sorrow into an exultant emotional celebration. While each parish church

in the Philippines celebrates its own version of Salubong and performs Sayaw ng Pagbati, they share the same Catholic

religious narrative about the reunion of Mother Mary and the Resurrected Christ, her Son. This common religious

narrative may affect how Catholic devotees behave during the ritual and how the dancers enact the bati across the

archipelago. This paper analyzes selected video recordings of two ritual realizations of bati from Boac, Marinduque

and Angono, Rizal. It argues that these performances of Catholic religiosity highlight human bodies on which, in a

Foucauldian sense, historical and socio-cultural events are inscribed and from which traces of the Catholic religious

past and present may be elicited. The publication of a 19th century piece of writing, Urbana at Felisa (1864) and the

Marian veneration movement in the Philippines are considered as key historical and socio-cultural events. This

analysis also implicates my active body and sensorial memories of my participation in 1996-1999 as an angel for

Salubong and in 2011 as a choreographer for Sayaw ng Pagbati in Boac. I argue that greeting bodies as social bodies

in Salubong are totally inscribed by history through the quality of their performative action such as the bati. Bati, as

part of the Salubong ritual, reinforces or intensifies a continuing process of Catholic history in post-colonial

Philippines.

Commented [PD1]: delete

Page 20: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

1991: The Catholic Church’s Year of Renewal

Satoshi Miyawaki

Osaka University, Japan

This paper can be taken as the initial part of the author's research project on the contemporary history of the Catholic

Church in the Philippines. The focus of this paper is the Second Plenary Council of the Philippines, which has

articulated the basic direction of ecclesial renewal and socio-political involvement of the post-Vatican II Philippine

Church in the post-authoritarian era. The paper rereads the conciliar documents and related publications and sets it in

the context of political, economic, and social situations so as to reach a more multidimensional understanding of the

age and the project of ecclesial renewal. This also sets the local church in the broader ecclesial contexts, including

the Federation of Asian Bishops Conference and the Vatican. The aim of this project, as well as the paper itself, is

the detailed and in-depth re-examination of the place and direction of the whole Catholic Church in multiple contexts.

The Oral History of Gading in Presentacion, Camarines Sur, Philippines: Tracing the Hegemony of Anitos

in a Christian Community

Jesus Cyril M. Conde

Ateneo de Naga University

The paper explores the oral history of gading in Presentacion, Camarines Sur, in the Bikol. It traces the history of

power relation between Christianity and the belief in anitos in Philippine culture and discusses the significance of

gading in this history. A gading is a corpse which has not decayed despite being buried underground for years without

embalming. Believed to be the sources of various supernatural powers, gadings have become objects of veneration by

a big group of people in the research site.

Relying on one month of immersion in the research site and the review of related historical documents, the paper

argues that the fifty years (1960s to 2013) of oral history of gading in the town of Presentacion, Camarines Sur, is a

manifestation of anito belief overshadowing Christianity. It shows a cultural hybrid that empowers indigenous

elements over Christianity and triggers questions about perceived Christian domination in the Bikol Region of the

Philippines.

Kalinga Spirituality: An Attestation of the Kalinga Notion of Land Vis-A-Vis Pope Francis’ Laudato Si

Roger C. Sa-ao

St. Louis University, Baguio City

Spirituality is understood to involve an engagement with the meaning and purpose of human life. The spirituality of

the Kalinga people of Northern Luzon can be defined by looking at their notion of land and the manner by which they

relate to it because for them “Land is life!” Many of the essential constitutive elements of the Kalinga understanding

of land are emphasized in Pope Francis’ environmental encyclical “Laudato Si” such as “the earth as our common

home” and “the need to create a culture of solidarity, encounter and relationship”. For the Kalinga people, land is not

merely an object but the substructure on which two dimensions of relationships, horizontal and vertical, are elaborated.

Such an understanding forms the basis of human existence as co-existence. This view tries to avoid the exclusive

tendencies of religiously or secularly outlined notions of spirituality and at the same time attempts to transcend the

self as the focus of an existentially defined spirituality for a perspective that locates a person as a member of a

community and recognizes the importance of relationships in the search for the meaning and purpose of human

existence.

Page 21: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 3E

CONSTRUCTING THE “INDIGENOUS”

Katitinabanga: A Customary Reciprocity System among Meranao in Two Municipalities of Lanao del Norte

Applied in Times of Natural Disaster and Rido, Feuding, or Clan Conflicts

Norjannah A. Manalocon and Myrma Jean A. Mendoza

Mindanao State University-Iligan Institute of Technology

This study focuses on the katitinabanga (reciprocity system) of the Meranao, one of the 13 Muslim groups in the

Philippines. The researchers studied how katitinabanga operates in times of natural disasters and rido, feuding, or clan

conflicts in Pantao Ragat and Balo-i, Lanao Del Norte. These Meranao-populated communities steeped in Meranao

culture are also experiencing natural disasters because of their geographical location and identified as communities

where feuding between families and clans is prevalent. Damages to the environment and properties were noticeable

in the recent typhoons “Sendong” and “Pablo.” Economic activities of the Meranao were affected by conflict between

families. Studying katitinabanga in times of natural disaster and rido feuding, or clan conflicts is a research gap in the

local literature on Meranao mutual aid system. The purpose of this study is to describe the nature of katitinabanga, to

gather notions and salient dimensions of the katitinabanga, and to find out what social capital influences the

observance of katitinabanga. This study is grounded in the Social Capital Theory and Social Exchange Theory. Data

in this paper are generated through key informant interview method among selected 20 Meranao whose ages range

from 40 to 80 years old.

The results of the informants’ interview show that in terms of social capital, age, gender, marital status, and estimated

monthly family income influence katitinabanga. Findings also show that the notions and salient dimensions of the

Meranao katitinabanga practice give a moral dimension, a part of Meranao maratabat, a way to strengthen kinship

ties and give an assurance and insurance to the informants. Moreover, katitinabanga, as an age-old customary practice,

is perpetuated as it is intertwined with social institutions in the Meranao society.

The Kalinga Bodong: Forging Relationships, Resolving Conflicts, and Fostering Peaceful Co-existence

Fr. Michael G. Layugan, SVD

Divine Word Seminary, Tagaytay

Although studies have been conducted on Kalinga Society in general, there is still a paucity of written literature on

the Kalingas that provides the details of certain aspects of Kalinga life and culture. This paper is an attempt to shed

light on the concept and operationalization of the Kalinga Bodong (peace-pact) in relation to establishing alliances

between sin-ilians (tribes), resolving conflicts that arise between two binudngans (the other party in a peace-pact) in

order to restore severed relationships between them and to foster peaceful co-existence.

Kalingas have been known for waging kayaw (wars) with each other even to this day. Known as kinabagaang, these

tribal wars are ascribed to land disputes, retaliatory attacks to avenge a killing, an injury or other wrongs inflicted by

a person on a member of another sin-ilian (tribe). When there are tribal feuds, anybody of the tribe can become the

victim of blood retribution even if that person is not related by blood to the offender. The wrongdoing is a collective

guilt and every member can be an unsuspecting target. Justice for the Kalingas is retribution.

The Kalinga Bodong does not only concern itself with the adjudication and arbitration of inter-tribal disputes but it

also fosters interregional peaceful co-existence. Through the Bodong, tribes convene to settle disputes and to restore

friendly relations. Hence, an agreeable interdependence exists between and among members within the tribe and

cordial relations with their surrounding neighbors prevail. Once established, the Bodong including all its pagta

(provisions) has to be respected and observed. Otherwise, if disputes between two tribes are not settled amicably and

promptly, the Bodong may result in a gopas (termination of the peace-pact); hence, tribal war is inevitable.

Page 22: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

A Study on the Perception of Ibalois as an Indigenous Group in the Contemporary Society and

its Effects to their Culture

Clarissa Mateo

University of Santo Tomas

The Ibalois are one of the indigenous peoples of the Cordilleras located in the northern part of the Philippines. They

are described as demure and unique in their own way. Moreover, other Igorot subgroups perceive them distinctly.

This research will focus on the self-perception of Ibalois today and its impact on them as an indigenous group. This

research focuses on the relevance of indigenous peoples to contemporary Filipino society, particularly in mass culture.

The Ibaloi or Nabaloi is a subgroup of the Igorot, the indigenous peoples of the Cordillera region in the island of

Luzon. Other Igorot peoples include the Balangao, Bontoc, Ifugao, Isneg, Kalinga, and Kankana-ey.

Indigenous peoples are usually treated in Philippine society as museum pieces, displayed for tourism purposes. The

Ibalois are among these Indigenous peoples who are given less importance, neglected, and considered second-class

citizens. This research focuses on how the lives and culture of the Ibaloi are depicted. It aims to deepen the reader’s

understanding of their history as a function group and to explicate their current situation as indigenous peoples whose

security is affected by prevailing development policies.

Bansay: In Search of the Filipino Virtue

Victor Dennis Tino Nierva

Independent Scholar Bicol Region

This paper exploratively searches for the Filipino word for virtue – both in word formation and in the appropriation

of meanings a word receives when used in literatures. I assert that the Filipino birtud is wanting and bereft of

indigeneity and proposes that the Bikol-Visayan word bansay possesses the sublime character needed for a Filipino

term for virtue. This proposal is developed by presenting recent studies by Bikolano scholars on the words orag, a

popular Bikol word with multiple meanings, and gayon, the Bikol word for 'beauty', and from these thoughts,

supported by how the word bansay was used and given meanings in printed literature of the nineteenth- and twentieth-

century Bikol, they arrive at a proposal for a gender-free, timeless, context-enriching, encompassing Filipino term for

what we know as virtue.

Session 3F

HISTORICAL INTERVENTIONS IN INDIGENOUS COMMUNITIES

Indigenous Participatory Policy Making and Learning Spaces: Enabling and Sustaining Indigenous

Democratisation through the Development of Democratic Learning Spaces in Indigenous Communities

Glenn M.S. Varona

Australian Institute of Business, Adelaide

Indigenous cultural communities in the Philippines, Australia, New Zealand, and elsewhere in the world have long

been excluded from or unable to participate fully and meaningfully in the policy decision-making that affects them

and their future. This is despite the wealth of cultural and other knowledge that they could share with mainstream

society that may actually hold the key towards better understanding of humanity’s shared living space.

This paper argues and proposes a research agenda that combines the concept of developing democratic learning spaces

that could be developed with indigenous communities in the Philippines, Australia, and New Zealand that could

establish, strengthen, and sustain the process of democratisation through education. A democratic learning space is

defined in this study as “a space in real and/or virtual time where learning can take place under democratic principles

and with best practices.” In such spaces, learning and capacity-building towards democratic governance may be

developed and sustained. This could, in turn, enable indigenous cultural communities to obtain a more effective

Page 23: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

capacity towards participatory democratic policymaking that could lead to better governance outcomes for them and

their future generations.

Democratic learning spaces are not only constructs that could enable practical learning and education, but also

potential social institutions that could lead to the practice of actual participatory democracy in an indigenous context.

While the focus of this study will be the three major ICCs in the provinces of Sarangani and South Cotabato, namely,

the B’laans, T’bolis, and Kaulos, lessons and experiences from the Kaurnas of Australia and Maoris of New Zealand

will be used here and integrated with lessons and experiences from Philippine indigenous perspectives to enrich the

thesis and its possible outcomes.

Mrs. Kelly and the Education of the Ibalois at the Bua School in Benguet, Northern Philippines, 1901-1940

Charita Arcangel de los Reyes

University of the Philippines

This is a historical study that traces the origins of formal education among the Ibalois, an indigenous group in Benguet,

Philippines, at the advent of American colonization from 1901 to the 1940s. Dubbed as Igorots (people from the

mountains) they underwent "social engineering" due to the Western type of curriculum that was added to their non-

formal, tradition-based learning. The colonial school’s success may not have been expected in the past, but this became

instrumental to their economic uplift and self-sufficiency, the promotion of the Igorot women’s welfare, the ability to

counter colonial impositions and attaining leverage from undue competition with their political, economic and social

rivals, the Ilocanos. Leadership training among the Ibalois was seen as a powerful tool for assimilation to the colonial

rule. Yet the much denigrated “social engineering” has catapulted many Ibalois to political office, civil service, public

and private concerns, especially during the colonial times.

Development Interventions in Surigao del Sur Manobo’s Social Milieu: A Discourse

Ramel D. Tomaquin and Resty Tomaquin Malong

Surigao del Sur State University

Surigao del Sur, is traditional homeland of the Manobos of the Caraga region. The Manobos had inhabited the region

even before Spanish colonization. Scholars like Alameda and Garvan maintained that they were original

inhabitants/residents of the area. The Spaniards and later the Americans pushed them back to the mountainous areas

of this part of Mindanao. When the Philippines was granted independence in 1946 numerous lumber companies in

Manila applied for rights to exploit the forest where the Manobos dwell. This ushered change in the Manobo social

milieu. The lumber companies exploited the forest resources, which was one of the reasons for the displacement of

the Manobos from their ancestral domain, while the forest resources dwindled due to wanton use, leading to their

depletion. As a result, the Surigao Manobos languished in poverty and gradually lost their ancestral lands. The

Philippine government established PANAMIN, Office of the Cultural Minorities, currently the NCIP for the

integration of the Manobos into the Philippine body politic. The Passage of the IPRA Law of 1997 granted royalties

to the Manobos for the exploitation of the natural resources within the ancestral domain; however, the Manobos were

also perceived to have an excessive ancestral domain claim which resulted in debates over the validity of the claim of

the dominant Surigaonon/Visayan population. Conflict among the groups of the Manobos, to some extent, contributed

to the weakness of their large ancestral domain claim. On the other hand, the renaissance of the great Manobo culture

illustrated the communal desire of the group to preserve its lore for posterity as part of the national heritage. Numerous

military operations had contributed to the displacement of the Manobos but they also revealed the interest of the

military sector in the mining resources in the area on the pretext of protecting the forest. The paper aims to present the

issues of the integration of the Surigao del Sur Manobos and the movement to protect their ancestral domain.

Ethnographic and social history methods were used, aided by focus group discussions. In light of this, development

implications will be presented.

Page 24: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Titling of Ancestral Domain and Formulation of Ancestral Domain Sustainable Development and Protection

Plans at the Micro-level: The Case of Happy Hallow Ancestral Domain, Baguio City

Giovanni Bete Reyes

University of the Philippines Diliman

This study is about the Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title (CADT) of Happy Hallow, Baguio City, and its Ancestral

Domain Sustainable Development and Protection Plan (ADSDPP).

It illustrates the weakness of the state-issued CADT, and looks at how an ADSDPP could be appropriate and

sustainable as a protection plan when a CADT itself is not credible on which an ADSDPP is anchored.

Based on semi-structured interviews, FGDs and official documents obtained from Malacañang, Office of Executive

Secretary, National Commission on Indigenous Peoples, Department of Environment and Natural Resources, and the

City Government of Baguio, this study illustrates how the state distorted the indigenous notion of land ownership and

how this was extended in the processing of the CADT and formulation of ADSDPP to Happy Hallow, Baguio City.

Applying James Scott’s notion of “ungoverned margins,” where the margins enjoy autonomy and have the option to

engage the state, while steering clear of being politically captured, this study demonstrates that the community

members of Happy Hallow are capable of actively engaging the state when the latter invites them to craft policy on

the recognition of indigenous peoples’ rights to their domains.

Session 4A

THE FILIPINO INTELLLECTUAL CLASS AND ITS UNIVERSITY

This panel is an intellectual and social history of the University of the Philippines. It examines the various

contradictory impulses that have defined the university: colonial yet anti-imperial, civilized yet violent, public yet

increasingly privatized, etc. These tensions are reflective of the larger tensions of the Philippine intelligentsia. Broadly

chronological, the panel begins with UP’s foundation and ends with a discussion of its present dilemmas.

Three Versions of a National University

Resil B. Mojares

University of San Carlos Cebu City

The revolution and establishment of a republic (1896/1898) opened the door to efforts by Filipinos to take control of

the country's education sector, and establish an independent, "national" university. The paper investigates three cases

in the move to create such a university: the short-lived Universidad Literaria de Filipinas (1898-99), Isabelo de los

Reyes' proposed Aurora Nueva (1900), and the US-sponsored University of the Philippines (1908). In comparing

these cases, the paper reflects on the limits and possibilities of a national university.

Fraternity Violence and the University of the Philippines

Patricio N. Abinales

University of Hawai’i at Mano’a

The University of the Philippines has always had a contradictory statement. Created by American colonizers to breed

a new generation of leaders in the putative nation, the former’s legatees turned into fervent anti-imperialists. Designed

to provide the country with a loyal professional base, a good portion of its graduates turns its back on the nation and

move abroad. Inculcating in its students a sense of service to "the people," it produces the country's leading exploiters

and oppressors as well as top communist and separatist cadres. Finally, while it is an institution committed to

secularism, democracy, and civility, it has also become an arena of frequent violence by autocratic, secretive, and

barbaric fraternities. This paper explores this third paradox by looking at the nature of fraternity violence, the resilience

of the brotherhood system, and how it fits into the mission of the country's top institution of higher learning.

Page 25: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Salvador Lopez, The University of the Philippines, and The Philippine “Age of Extremes”

Lisandro E. Claudio

Ateneo de Manila University and Kyoto University

The Marxist historian Eric Hobsbawm referred to the twentieth century as an “Age of Extremes,” which pit fascism

on the Right with Communism on the Left. The University of the Philippines experienced this world drama in

miniature during the charged years leading to the declaration of martial law. At UP, an incipient Maoist movement

had begun to articulate a Communist alternative to an incipient fascist dictatorship. Caught between these two currents

was the university’s president, the literary critic and diplomat Salvador P. Lopez. Lopez was a mid-century Filipino

liberal, and his ideas appeared passé in those politically charged years. However, I contend that Lopez’s liberalism

served as a modus vivendi, allowing him to criticize radicalism, while opening possibilities for its articulation. This

contradiction at the heart of liberalism – critical yet facilitative, moderate yet forward looking – is also the

contradiction of the liberal university.

The Neoliberal Debacle: The Marketization of University of the Philippines (UP) Education

Ramon Guillermo

University of the Philippines Diliman

The extensive privatization by the Philippine State of key social services has been ongoing for more than a decade.

Public State Colleges and Universities (SCUs), already starved of funds, have been forced to seek ways to generate

revenue through increased tuition fees, commercial ventures, public-private partnerships, and other schemes. The

marketization (or commodification) of education at the University of the Philippines (UP) is a particularly prominent

case wherein public and academic values have come into direct collision with imposed corporatization and dominant

managerial ideologies. This paper is an attempt to give an account of the policies and programs, internal and external

to UP, which have led to this state of affairs.

Session 4B

COLONIAL SPACES IN TRANSITION

Mapping Ilustrados: The First Philippine Secondary Schools, 1865 – 1898

María Eloísa G. Parco De Castro

University of Santo Tomas

The Ilustrados, generally taken to mean the Filipino educated class in late nineteenth century Philippines, were

produced by the educational system put in place by the Spanish colonial government. The secondary schools played

a large part in the education of ilustrados as many of them did not pursue a university degree or go abroad to pursue

higher education. Limited information is available about the secondary schools of the Spanish colonial period apart

from the well-known ones such as the Ateneo Municipal and the Colegio de San Juan de Letrán, both located in

Intramuros, Manila. The majority of the secondary schools were second-class private schools largely owned and

operated by the teachers themselves. This paper will look into the expansion of secondary education from Manila to

five other provinces – Cavite, Batangas, Laguna, Bulacan, and Pampanga, using data from the Libros de Matrículas

or the Official Enrolment Lists in the Archives of the University of Santo Tomas, to determine how the actual growth

of secondary schools took place. In the process, the development of secondary education will be mapped out to visually

demonstrate how the process began and expanded with the end view of understanding the context which produced the

secondary schools and the ilustrados, who would go on to pursue reform, revolution, and independence for the

Philippines.

Page 26: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Junctures: Internal mobility, Regional Integration, and Information Exchange around

Mid-colonial Southern Tagalog Region

Nicholas Sy

Ateneo de Manila University

In 1685, over a hundred years into the evangelization of the Philippines, a secular priest trekked to a pueblo at the

edge of Batangas province in Luzon. He was there to investigate allegations of idolatry. A number of residents were

interviewed about their beliefs. When asked which other communities held these beliefs, his respondents listed eleven

pueblos across what are today four provinces. What historical realties allowed for the continuing knowledge of

prohibited religious beliefs held by indigenous communities located over 40 kilometers away?

The present work answers this question by examining territorial exogamy during the mid-colonial period. Data from

the closest surviving parish registers from two pueblos mentioned during the above investigations (Indang, Cavite,

and San Pablo, Laguna) are aggregated to provide measures for both the magnitude and the direction of their areas’

internal mobility. Akin Mabogunje's (1970) Systems Approach to migration is used to frame the social and

geographical realities most relevant to the trends emergent in these statistics.

Overall this study finds that the pueblo of San Pablo, as compared with Indang, had a much greater percentage of

marriages involving at least one partner from a distant/non-adjacent pueblo. This finding suggests that among the

various historical linkages between the communities of mid-colonial Southern Tagalog region (such as government

policies on labor and taxation, and social realities such as banditry and smuggling) it was geographic realities that

most influenced a pueblo’s exposure to interprovincial exchanges of indigenous knowledge, knowledge that integrated

its bearers into a regional community.

Spanish Manila: Cosmopolitan Port City in Transition, 1780-1820

Nariko Sugaya

Ehime University, Japan

Spanish Philippines, particularly its capital, Spanish Manila, was in socio-economic transition during the period 1780-

1820. This transition was basically brought about by the changing pattern of foreign trade. While the traditional

pattern of foreign trade, such as the Manila Galleon and its supporting line of Chinese carrying trade from Fujian,

continued to function in the colonial economy, new patterns under the Spanish policy of trade liberation and

diversification gained force, to the extent that Manila virtually opened its port to foreign trade. As a result, Spanish

colonial Manila became increasingly cosmopolitan during 1780-1820 or the last days of the Manila Galleon system.

The colonial people in Spanish Manila, such as Spaniards, Chinese, Europeans, Americans, as well as indios, struggled

to survive or adjusted themselves to the changing socio-economic conditions of the period. On some occasions they

cooperated, on others they competed with each other as the circumstances required. This paper aims to show the

changing patterns of Manila’s foreign trade during the period by analyzing Manila Customs House records, and to

depict colonial lives by looking into the “Protocolos de Manila” or notarial deeds preserved in the National Archives

of the Philippines.

Manila Hemp in World, Regional, National and Local Histories

Shinzo Hayase

Waseda University

The leaf fiber of the abaca plant, the Manila hemp of commerce, became the most important cordage fiber in the world

market by the mid-nineteenth century. The Philippines came to enjoy a natural monopoly of abaca production until

improvements were made in artificial fibers in the second half of the twentieth century. In this paper I will examine

the Manila hemp industry from the point of view of the following four perspectives: global (world), regional (wider

area), national (nation) and local (rural). I will discuss in particular why the Japanese came to Davao to work at abaca

plantations from the perspective of Japanese local history.

Page 27: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 4C

THE PEACE PROCESS: VARIOUS VIEWPOINTS

Correlates of the Bangsamoro Basic Law Perception after the Mamasapano Incident: The Case of Iligan City

Mary Beth Ann. O. Odo, Sulpecia L. Ponce, Sherifa Rossmia O. Kadil, and Lucille A. Bayron

Mindanao State University-Iligan Institute of Technology

The Mamasapano tragedy, which resulted in the death of 44 SAF police personnel, dealt a heavy blow to the peace

effort in Mindanao as it resulted in the suspension of the deliberations on the provisions of the Bangsamoro Basic Law

(BBL) between the government and the Moro Islamic Liberation Front (MILF). This study aims to examine the

correlates of BBL perception among 30 Muslim and 30 non-Muslim survey samples in Iligan City. It further seeks to

determine their understanding of BBL and Mindanao’s prospects of peace.

Findings indicate that the respondents’ views of peace are varied ranging from the absence of conflict, absence of fear

and anxiety to the presence of unity and open-mindedness among people. For the non-Muslims, BBL may just lead

to confusion and indifference and intensify the boundaries between ethnic groups. On the other hand, the Muslims

find BBL to be the solution to peace and security issues in Mindanao, a position they held even after the Mamasapano

incident. A significant correlation has been established between education, monthly income, place of origin and

duration of stay in their locality with the perception of the BBL. On the other hand, it is worthwhile to note that age,

gender, civil status, and occupation bear no significant correlation with their BBL perception. Nevertheless, both

groups strongly believe that Mindanao will achieve peace if the people are determined to make it happen. Galtung’s

view on positive peace through collaborative enterprises of conflicting parties can become a promising framework to

end the Mindanao conflict.

Citizens’ Perception on the Bangsamoro Framework Agreement and Bangsamoro Basic Law

Edwin C. Du

Capitol University, Cagayan de Oro City

This paper seeks to address the protracted conflict in Mindanao which has led to the peace process. The question

foremost in this study is to ask ordinary citizens what is their perception regarding the various aspects of the peace

agreement as well as the Bangsamoro Basic Law. Basically descriptive in nature the study utilized the survey method

of gathering data which was completed in October 2015 with 400 respondents from various areas in Region X

particularly, Cagayan de Oro City, Iligan City, Ozamis City, Misamis Oriental, and Bukidnon, composed of youths

18 years old and above from secondary and tertiary schools, teachers and professors from various schools and colleges,

government workers, and individuals from the business or private sector.

The results of the citizens’ perception showed that the respondents disagreed in all four areas, namely, the Bangsamoro

Framework Agreement, National Sovereignty, Power and Wealth Sharing, and the Bangsamoro Basic law. With

regards to the hypothesis of the study findings showed that there is a significant difference in the citizens’ perception

when grouped according to gender, religion, province, educational background, and industry.

The perception of the citizens surveyed demonstrated that the Bangsamoro Framework Agreement will not bring

lasting peace to Mindanao. It is also widely believed that the Bangsamoro will not separate from the national

sovereignty of the Philippines. Most importantly the respondents also disagreed that the Bangsamoro entity will follow

the peace agreement and voluntarily surrender armed groups. There is, therefore, a wealth of implications gathered by

this study relevant to good governance, re-educating citizens’ mindset on ethnicities and peace-building, and re-

examining the legal framework of the proposed Bangsamoro Basic Law.

The Dynamics of Moro Separatism: Heroes and Villains of the Peace Process in Mindanao

Henry K. Solomon

Western Mindanao State University, Zamboanga City

The Philippine government anchored its policy on national integration on dealing with the decades-old Moro separatist

issue in the Southern Philippines. But the national integration framework continues to be threatened by rebellion and

Page 28: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

armed separatist movements in the South. The outcome of the Peace process in Mindanao has remained indeterminate

and elusive and dependent on various political compromises. It has an exclusive, integrative and divisive effects. The

issue on how to address these major obstacles continues to persist. The Bangsamoro Basic Law (BBL) continues to

face various challenges, either in support of or not, from the legislators and the people of Mindanao. More so, it is

subject to different political and personal interests and the agenda involved. This paper raises the following issues: (1)

What is the status and the future of the Moro separatist movement in the Mindanao as shaped by the current political

developments in the national and regional scenes? (2) Under what conditions will the peace process in Mindanao

progress? (3) What is expected to take place for the realization and sustainability of stable peace and development in

Mindanao to happen? (4) What significant contributions can the peace agreement provide to address some concerned

issues? and (5) What is the future of the proposed Bangsamoro Basic Law? Thus, this paper will basically provide a

comprehensive assessment and an in-depth analysis of those issues.

Session 4C

THE PEACE PROCESS: VARIOUS VIEWPOINTS

Correlates of the Bangsamoro Basic Law Perception after the Mamasapano Incident: The Case of Iligan City

Mary Beth Ann. O. Odo, Sulpecia L. Ponce, Sherifa Rossmia O. Kadil, and Lucille A. Bayron

Mindanao State University-Iligan Institute of Technology

The Mamasapano tragedy, which resulted in the death of 44 SAF police personnel, dealt a heavy blow to the peace

effort in Mindanao as it resulted in the suspension of the deliberations on the provisions of the Bangsamoro Basic Law

(BBL) between the government and the Moro Islamic Liberation Front (MILF). This study aims to examine the

correlates of BBL perception among 30 Muslim and 30 non-Muslim survey samples in Iligan City. It further seeks to

determine their understanding of BBL and Mindanao’s prospects of peace.

Findings indicate that the respondents’ views of peace are varied ranging from the absence of conflict, absence of fear

and anxiety to the presence of unity and open-mindedness among people. For the non-Muslims, BBL may just lead

to confusion and indifference and intensify the boundaries between ethnic groups. On the other hand, the Muslims

find BBL to be the solution to peace and security issues in Mindanao, a position they held even after the Mamasapano

incident. A significant correlation has been established between education, monthly income, place of origin and

duration of stay in their locality with the perception of the BBL. On the other hand, it is worthwhile to note that age,

gender, civil status, and occupation bear no significant correlation with their BBL perception. Nevertheless, both

groups strongly believe that Mindanao will achieve peace if the people are determined to make it happen. Galtung’s

view on positive peace through collaborative enterprises of conflicting parties can become a promising framework to

end the Mindanao conflict.

Citizens’ Perception on the Bangsamoro Framework Agreement and Bangsamoro Basic Law

Edwin C. Du

Capitol University, Cagayan de Oro City

This paper seeks to address the protracted conflict in Mindanao which has led to the peace process. The question

foremost in this study is to ask ordinary citizens what is their perception regarding the various aspects of the peace

agreement as well as the Bangsamoro Basic Law. Basically descriptive in nature the study utilized the survey method

of gathering data which was completed in October 2015 with 400 respondents from various areas in Region X

particularly, Cagayan de Oro City, Iligan City, Ozamis City, Misamis Oriental, and Bukidnon, composed of youths

18 years old and above from secondary and tertiary schools, teachers and professors from various schools and colleges,

government workers, and individuals from the business or private sector.

The results of the citizens’ perception showed that the respondents disagreed in all four areas, namely, the Bangsamoro

Framework Agreement, National Sovereignty, Power and Wealth Sharing, and the Bangsamoro Basic law. With

regards to the hypothesis of the study findings showed that there is a significant difference in the citizens’ perception

when grouped according to gender, religion, province, educational background, and industry.

Commented [DP2]: delete

Page 29: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

The perception of the citizens surveyed demonstrated that the Bangsamoro Framework Agreement will not bring

lasting peace to Mindanao. It is also widely believed that the Bangsamoro will not separate from the national

sovereignty of the Philippines. Most importantly the respondents also disagreed that the Bangsamoro entity will follow

the peace agreement and voluntarily surrender armed groups. There is, therefore, a wealth of implications gathered by

this study relevant to good governance, re-educating citizens’ mindset on ethnicities and peace-building, and re-

examining the legal framework of the proposed Bangsamoro Basic Law.

The Dynamics of Moro Separatism: Heroes and Villains of the Peace Process in Mindanao

Henry K. Solomon

Western Mindanao State University, Zamboanga City

The Philippine government anchored its policy on national integration on dealing with the decades-old Moro separatist

issue in the Southern Philippines. But the national integration framework continues to be threatened by rebellion and

armed separatist movements in the South. The outcome of the Peace process in Mindanao has remained indeterminate

and elusive, and dependent on various political compromises. It has an exclusive, integrative and divisive effects. The

issue on how to address these major obstacles continues to persist. The Bangsamoro Basic Law (BBL) continues to

face various challenges, either in support of or not, from the legislators and the people of Mindanao. More so, it is

subject to different political and personal interests and the agenda involved. This paper raises the following issues: (1)

What is the status and the future of the Moro separatist movement in the Mindanao as shaped by the current political

developments in the national and regional scenes? (2) Under what conditions will the peace process in Mindanao

progress? (3) What is expected to take place for the realization and sustainability of stable peace and development in

Mindanao to happen? (4) What significant contributions can the peace agreement provide to address some concerned

issues? and (5) What is the future of the proposed Bangsamoro Basic Law? Thus, this paper will basically provide a

comprehensive assessment and an in-depth analysis of those issues.

Session 4D

PARTICIPATION AND POLITICAL REFORM

Progressive Politics in Siquijor: Bottom-Up Budgeting and People Power Volunteers for Reform

Tamiki Hara

Hitotsubashi University, Tokyo

Many studies on Philippine politics have regarded the EDSA Revolution in 1986 as the restoration of oligarchical

domination and stressed the changelessness in the political structure after the collapse of the Marcos regime. However,

this view sometimes overlooks the transformation of elite domination that has become especially apparent at the local

level. Neoliberal reforms and decentralization created new opportunities and spheres both for elites and progressive

forces. Both reforms paved the way for elites to be more development-oriented and hostile to traditional elites. The

latter gave NGOs the chance to participate in the administrative process of local development. They have begun to

regard the engagement in governance as an important field to change the society and seek to cooperate with emergent

elites on some issues. These factors are gradually transforming the dominant structure of Philippine politics at the

local level. In other words, we need to enrich and expand Nathan Gilbert Quimpo’s concept of “contested democracy.”

From this viewpoint, I examine the case of Siquijor in the 2000s and show how new development-oriented elites and

progressive NGOs have collaborated with each other and impacted on the configuration of local politics under

neoliberal reforms and decentralization. This will lead to the appropriate recognition of positive changes and the

present profile of class conflict in Philippine politics today.

Commented [DP3]: delete

Page 30: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Seeking Good Governance: Political Reforms and Studies in the Philippines, Thailand and Indonesia

Shingo Mikamo

Shinshu University, Nagano

Making government effective and accountable always matters in the Philippines, Thailand, and Indonesia. This paper

briefly analyzes and articulates the current efforts at political reform in these countries. What are the essentials of

political reform? How can we evaluate the progress of political reforms? These questions are examined in the contexts

of each country. The Philippines has been improving the legitimacy of its democracy in comparison with Thailand

and Indonesia. However, needless to say, political reforms are still critical to reduce corruption and to deepen

democracy in the country. There is no easy answer to assess the best performing country with respect to political

reform efforts. The examination of the issues of good governance in the Philippines, Thailand, and Indonesia raises

methodological questions in political studies. This paper also attempts to clarify the advantages (and disadvantages)

of Philippine (and Southeast Asian) studies in the political studies.

Stuck in the Intermediate State: Alternations of Clientelism, Predation and Reform

Nathan Gilbert Quimpo

University of Tsukuba, Japan

In a country steeped in political patronage and clientelism such as the Philippines, corruption scandals are a common

occurrence. Over the past half-century, however, corruption has at times reached humongous proportions, with two

of the country’s last six presidents (Ferdinand Marcos and Joseph Estrada) landing in Transparency International’s

ten most corrupt leaders, and with Estrada’s successor, Gloria Macapagal Arroyo, rated in a 2007 Pulse Asia survey

as being even more corrupt than the two. Two years ago, the Philippines was rocked by the P10 billion Priority

Development Assistance Fund (PDAF) or pork barrel scam, possibly the country’s biggest corruption scandal ever.

Political patronage, clientelism, and outright corruption have contributed immensely to the low quality of the country’s

democracy and to long periods of slow economic growth. Despite all these, the Philippines has not degenerated to the

level of the predatory state, which Evans (1995: 45) defines as one that “preys on its citizenry, terrorizing them,

despoiling their common patrimony, and providing little in the way of services in return.” By Evans’ definition, the

Philippines would be an “intermediate state” – one somewhere between the developmental state and the predatory

state. But how does an intermediate state become developmental or predatory or remain stuck at intermediate? This

seems largely under-theorized or even un-theorized. The Philippine case, with its alternations of clientelism, predation,

and reform, provides some insights.

Session 4E

REFORMING ECONOMICS AND THE ECONOMICS OF REFORM

Provisions of Services for Pantawid Pamilyang Pilipino Program in Davao del Norte

Christine Joy L. Quismundo

Silliman University

The Philippine Government created a way to achieve the United Nations Millennium Development Goal as a global

effort to eradicate extreme poverty by 2015. It became the reason for the country to formulate the Conditional Cash

Transfer Program, now popularly known as the Pantawid Pamilyang Pilipino Program (4Ps). The research study

entitled “Provision of Services for Pantawid Pamilyang Pilipino Program: Perceived Local Government Units

(LGUs) Capability and Extent of Compliance in Davao del Norte, aimed to determine the capability of the selected

Davao del Norte LGUs to provide 4Ps services according to the respondents’ socio-demographic profile, perceived

LGU’s capability, challenges encountered, extent of compliance and the significant difference in terms of municipal-

class implementation. This is a descriptive study which employed the qualitative and quantitative research method.

Multi-stage sampling was used and the sample municipalities to represent the province were identified purposively

based on class. The study showed that 4Ps was a true investment in human capital by helping poor Filipino families

become resilient and survive and thrive in this highly competitive world.

Page 31: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Participatory Economic Development in the Philippines: A Pathway to Identity and Freedom

Teresa Downing-Matibag

Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa, USA

The Philippines is a primary source for international labor and sex trafficking, facilitated by criminal syndicates and

unscrupulous recruiters, as well as a hotspot for the commercial sexual exploitation of women and youth. While

numerous initiatives to combat (demand for) sex tourism, rescue victims of labor and sex trafficking abroad, and

prevent primary victimization have emerged among Filipino-led NGOs through the efforts of international service

organizations, these crimes have continued unabated. Furthermore, the recent efforts of the Aquino (III) administration

to implement the “rule of law” have left domestic trafficking relatively unscathed and Overseas Workers highly

vulnerable to exploitation.

Drawing on international case studies of justice-centered development, this paper proposes that the “democratized

economic development” of three key industries will help to eradicate modern day slavery beyond what the civic and

non-profit sectors have accomplished. These are (1) a manufacturing sector which pays a living wage and produces

high-end finished products; (2) an information technology sector which draws on the ingenuity of STEM-educated

professionals; and 3) a sustainable agriculture sector based on the nation’s vast natural resources and climate. With

astounding growth in GDP, the time is ripe for the Philippines to achieve economic self-determination and emerge as

a fifth “Asian Tiger,” by achieving significant levels of shared economic prosperity – including women’s

empowerment – as a pathway to freedom for its citizens.

Accomplishing this goal will require partnership and investment among the Filipino middle class and its diaspora; a

reclamation of the rights of diverse localities in decision-making; and the development of inclusive, social-capital

sustaining networks.

The New Awkward Class: CARP Beneficiaries and the Dynamics of Exclusion in Negros Occidental

Rosanne Rutten

University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands

In Negros Occidental – once a major sugarcane plantation region and a major support base of the communist guerrilla

movement CPP-NPA – the Comprehensive Agrarian Reform Program (CARP) of land redistribution among

plantation workers is followed by a trend of land reconcentration. Former plantation workers are leasing out or

mortgaging their newly acquired land, or selling their land rights in the informal land market. Many are currently

wage-workers for lessees, tied up in volatile, short-term land-lease arrangements that are commonly renewed because

of indebtedness.

Control of land is shifting back from poor rural households to entrepreneurs, defeating the aim of CARP to turn the

landless into independent productive smallholders, and relegating CARP beneficiaries to the awkward position of

‘landed proletarians.’ These CARP beneficiaries form an awkward class in a political sense: not transforming into

independent smallholders, they are an embarrassment to the state and to pro-CARP social movements and NGOs, and

they form a welcome piece of evidence for anti-CARP lobbyists.

But what are the actual conditions and perspectives of these CARP beneficiaries? How are they excluded from actual

control over their land, what power can they muster to defend their interests, and which subsistence strategies do they

follow? Moreover, which alternative models of land control would enable them to successfully turn into small

independent farmers? I will discuss these issues based on long-term fieldwork in a lowland hacienda community and

upland frontier village in central and southern Negros Occidental.

Page 32: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Empowerment and Exploitation in Redistributed Banana Plantations

Robin Thiers

Ghent University, Belgium

Since the late 1990s, the Philippine Comprehensive Agrarian Reform Program (CARP) has been implemented in a

number of export banana plantations in the Davao Del Norte region, herewith establishing cooperatives of agrarian

reform beneficiaries (ARB) (Borras & Franco 2005). Meanwhile, new export markets brought along new networks of

buyers who have challenged the existing monopsony in the banana export market.

In this renewed setting, new marketing arrangements between agribusiness companies and small- to medium-scale

banana producers have become increasingly popular. My paper discusses the ambiguity of the newly emerged relations

of production and exchange in two ARB cooperatives in the municipalities of Santo Tomas and Kapalong, Davao Del

Norte. Both cooperatives use an individual farming and collective marketing system, with one cooperative having an

exclusive marketing contract with a large transnational company, while the other sells to different buyers at weekly

negotiated prices.

On the basis of ethnographic data collected during four months of field research, I demonstrate that increased

autonomy in production and marketing is accompanied with the downshifting of risks through the chain and (in one

case) the emergence of new (informal) wage labour relations. Through the application of a Marxist political economy

framework, I argue that both empowerment and exploitation in the redistribution plantations should be understood in

a context of rising flexible accumulation in the sector (Watts 1994; Harriss-White 2010) and are continuously co-

constructed and challenged by ARBs and their workforce through their everyday politics of consent and contestation

(Clapp 1988; Kerkvliet 1990).

Session 4F

INSTRUMENTALITIES OF COLONIAL POWER

Prohibition, Rather than Tolerance: Opium in the Philippines Revisited, 1800-1850

Ander Permanyer-Ugartemendia

Universitat Pompeu Fabra – GRIMSE

Barcelona, Spain

This presentation is aimed at revisiting the role of opium in the Philippines during the first half of the nineteenth

century by analysing Spanish authorities’ discussions on the issue before the establishment of the estanco de anfión

in 1844. It will assert that prohibition, rather than leniency, was its most outstanding feature. The anfión system

descriptions tend to focus on the allegedly unprecedented character of the state monopoly, while taking for granted

motivations for former prohibitions. However, there were such precedents in other similar systems established by

other European colonial powers in Southeast Asia and known to Spanish authorities. Rather, prohibition should be

considered the most remarkable element of the Spanish attitudes towards opium, and needs to be more thoroughly

evaluated. Together with Qing China, the Spanish colonial government was the only power to forbid opium trade and

consumption in the region at least since 1814, and prohibition was maintained for all communities other than the

Chinese after 1844. Reasons for this prohibition will be reassessed here. This will be made under the light of recent

reevaluations of the role of opium in Asia. Spanish anxieties towards the Chinese in the Philippines, public order

concerns, and Catholic appeals to moral purity will be also taken into the account. Economic interests will be evaluated

as well, namely, projects related to the opium trade and economic development of the archipelago.

The Patients at the Culion Leper Colony, 1905-1930s

Febe Pamonag

Western Illinois University, Illinois, USA

Public health was vital to the success of the American pacification campaign and the civilizing process in the

Philippines during the early twentieth century. In 1905, American colonial authorities established a leper colony in

Page 33: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Culion, an isolated island in Palawan. Victor Heiser, Director of Health in the Philippines from 1905 to 1915, declared

that to ensure public health, it was necessary to isolate lepers; this meant, in many instances, forcibly removing them

from their homes and relocating them to Culion. But how did individuals who were suspected of having leprosy

respond to Heiser during his “leper collecting trips” throughout the country? What was life like for those who were

brought to Culion, and how did they engage with government authorities over such issues as the segregation of patients

by gender and the ban on cohabitation and marriage? This paper seeks to advance our understanding of Filipino leprosy

patients’ engagement with American colonial authorities, an understudied theme in the literature on empire and public

health policy, and U.S. colonialism in the Philippines. Most scholarship on Culion emphasizes Culion’s role as a

laboratory for civic experimentation and how it was embroiled in major political issues of the day. Here, the patients

appear as objects of colonial policies and of both anti- and pro-independence rhetoric by American and Filipino

government officials. In this paper, I consider the views and practices of leprosy patients to show how they challenged

their forced removal from their homes and the gender segregation within the leper colony.

Prisons in the Colonial Periphery: Provincial Prisons in American Philippines

Aaron Abel Mallari

University of the Philippines Diliman

Focusing on the prison system, this paper aims to look at the management of three penal institutions in the Philippines

during the American colonial period (1901-1935). Taking the Iwahig Penal Farm in Palawan, the Bontoc Prison in the

Mountain Province, and the San Ramon Penal Farm in Zamboanga as case studies, the research endeavors to locate

prison and penology in the American strategies of governance in the Philippines and brings to light the various ways

in which penal institutions figured in the wider imperial project beyond their obvious function in the system of social

control. Since we can say that prisons are sites where the state’s power is seen at its visceral, this paper adheres to the

notion that prisons are effective lenses in understanding further the society (in this case, colonial society) where they

function(ed).

With data culled primarily from archival sources particularly colonial government reports and publications, this paper

will reflect on American penology in the Philippines within the colonial context in three parts. The first will show

how the prisons became colonial projects and laboratories that made room for experimentation in penal management

and was a haven for scientific inquiry. Secondly, It will look at the histories of these penal institutions located in the

periphery of the colony and reflect on how the prison system also became a facilitator of the movement of people. The

third part will analyze how prisons were packaged as attractions and proofs of the triumphs of the colonial government.

Reflecting on Foucault’s idea of how the rise of modern penal regimes intended not necessarily to lessen punishment,

but rather to “punish better,” and stretching it to the context of colonialism, it will be argued that the management of

the prisons afforded the Americans another important opportunity to bolster the legitimacy of “Benevolent

Assimilation.” Furthermore, utilizing the idea of David Garland and his sociology of punishment which characterizes

penal institutions as “social artifacts,” this research will consequently present not only how the colonial conditions

shaped the policies in prison management but also, as seen in the utilization of the prison beyond incarceration, how

prisons embodied and shaped the colonial condition.

Wings of Supremacy: The Dawn of Aviation in the Philippines 1909-1919

Patrick John F. Mansujeto

Philippine College of Aeronautics, Pasay City

University of the Philippines Diliman

The airplane is truly a testament of American technological achievement. The first successful flight by the Wright

Brothers at Kitty Hawk, North Carolina, on December 17, 1903 was considered a milestone in American History. This

development in aviation technology occurred when the Americans were consolidating their imperial power in the

Philippines. By 1909, American aviation troupes started to arrive in the country to entertain, excite, and amaze the

people of Manila. The paper is about the introduction of man-powered flights in the Philippines from 1909 to 1919.

The year 1909 was recorded as the year when the first manned flight rook place in the Philippines while 1920 was the

first successful flight of a Filipino pilot. In addition, the study will try to establish the argument that these aviation

shows were in one way or another, a tool in forwarding American imperial supremacy in the Philippines. The paper

will make use of available primary and secondary sources such as documents, newspaper reports, photographs, etc. in

Page 34: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

narrating the different events regarding the beginnings of aviation in the Philippines. Though the theme of American

imperial supremacy in the Philippines has been established by a lot of studies, this paper differs due to the fact that it

will be the first to apply it to the history of flight in the country. By applying this discourse to this new frontier of

historical research, it will push the boundaries of American imperial supremacy not just in its usual geographic

confinement to land and sea but also in the air above.

Session 5A

SOCIAL SPACES, MARKETS, AND LOCALITIES

Marketplaces to Urban Business Districts: A Study of Selected Commercial Centers in the Philippines

Ma. Crisanta ‘Marot’ Nelmida-Flores

University of the Philippines Diliman

The study looks into physical and social market spaces in selected urban centers in the country, namely in (1) Binondo

(particularly, Divisoria); (2) Dagupan Downtown; (3.) Cebu Business Park; (4) Iloilo Downtown; and (5) Davao

Chinatown.

With the rise of modern consumer enterprises (hypermarkets, food and supermarket chains, 24-hour convenience

stores, shopping centers, and mega malls) and IT business parks which measure up to what Eric Shneider calls an

“alpha city” or global city (“Measuring Globalization”: Urban Studies, 14th edition, pp. 29-30), the existence of the

traditional marketplace in the Philippines which is the palengke or the public market is being threatened out of

existence. More and more public markets in Metro Manila and in regional urban centers are being supplanted by more

developed shopping centers, supermarkets and malls. Vendors and some of their suki are weary of the changing urban

landscape and market relations.

The President of the National Federation of Market Vendors articulates the view of the vendors about the palengke as

“an integral part of Philippine culture, instilling a sense of community that is not evident in the more-commercialized

shopping malls.” (“Death of the Palengke,” Alecks Pabico, PCIJ 2002). The study will focus on the consequences

and impact of the transformation of the marketplace (the palengke) into urban business and IT districts. It will discuss

urbanization and the urban-led development plans of these spaces and how these affect traditional market systems and

relations as well as urban life.

Reimagining the Self in the Shadow of Empire: The Influence of the Local Surf Economy on Neo-colonial

Imaginings of Self and Other, Siargao Island, Philippines

Karen Hansen

Australian National University

Canberra, Australia

As Siargao Island becomes an increasingly popular destination for surf tourists as well as Western lifestyle migrants

who consider the island an ideal place to live in, significant structural changes are taking place at the local level. The

structure of the local economy is changing as employment opportunities expand; the social fabric of society is

irretrievably altering as local Filipinos engage closely with Western tourists and migrants through friendships and

romantic relationships. Additionally, on Siargao Island a surf economy has developed where individuals are able to

procure economic and social capital through involvement in the surf industry as skilled surfers or surf teachers.

This paper, which is part of a broader research project that considers local Filipino experiences of the global

phenomenon of lifestyle migration, aims to consider the impact that involvement in the local surf economy (which is

stimulated by processes of lifestyle migration) has on the local Filipino sense of self. Philippine self-identity will be

understood with reference to the Philippine discourse of ‘colonial mentality’. Thus, this paper considers how becoming

involved in and actively reproducing the local surf economy, as well as how interacting with Westerners through the

Page 35: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

medium of surfing (as either surf teachers or through friendships formed through the common interest of surfing),

may potentially alter Filipinos’ neo-colonial imaginings of self and other.

The Anthropology of Learning Shoes from the Middle Man

Leynard L. Gripal

University of the Philippines Diliman

In this study, a case was used to analyse knowledge transfer of shoemaking in Marikina City. The inquiry method was

used to gather information from exporters, subcontractors, and manufacturers. The subcontractors or the middle men

were found to absorb mainly the knowledge of the art of shoemaking. This is due to the role of subcontractors in the

value chain of shoe production. Power struggle in the value chain thus hindered the functional upgrading and

partnership among actors in the cluster.

Session 5B

MEDIA AND IDENTITY

Ang Dokumentaryong “Lukayo: Hindi Ito Bastos” At ang Fakelore sa Telebisyon

[The Documentary “Lukayo: Hindi Ito Bastos: and “Fakelore in Television] Kevin Paul “Ose” Martija

Philippine Normal University /Pamantasan ng Lungsod ng Maynila

Hindi na bago ang usapin ng orkestrasyon ng mga sinasabing “katutubong kaugalian” ng mga Pilipino. Mahaba ang

kasaysayan ng mga pekeng kwento o sa pagbanggit nga ni Arnold Azurin, fakelore. Ang fakelore ay tumutukoy sa

mga pekeng saliksik, pang-akademikong papel man o nailabas sa telebisyon na ginamit upang ilarawan ang

katutubong pamumuhay ng mga Pilipino.

Sasaliksikin ng papel na ito ang orkestradong dokumentaryong ipinilabas noong 2006 sa I-Witness na pinamagatang

“Lukayo: Hindi Ito Bastos”. Ang nasabing dokumentaryo ay nakasentro sa tradisyong kung tawagin ay “Lukayo” ng

mga residente ng Kalayaan, Laguna. Ang dokumentaryo’y isang halimbawa kung paano itinatanghal ng media ang

isang katutubong kaugalian na labas/layo sa tunay nitong kahulugan. Sasaliksikin sa papel na ito kung paano inorkestra

ng mga elemento ng nabanggit na programa sa telebisyon ang nasabing “kaugalian”. Sa pagsasaliksik na gagawin

tiyak na gagamitin ang mga teorya ni Pierre Bourdieu sa kanyang On Television upang suriin ang mga bagay na hindi

ipinakita ng ipinakitang dokumentaryo at ang diskursong nakapaloob dito.

Public and Civic Journalism as Antecedents of Participatory Cultures in Philippine Media

Maria Diosa Labiste

University of the Philippines Diliman

With the fall of authoritarian rule in 1986, the democratization process that followed envisaged a transformation of

dominant media from an instrument of the Marcos regime into a democratic institution. While alternative media played

a role in the regime change, it does not mean that they successfully led others to take on a democratic role afterwards.

In fact, mainstream media easily slipped into competitiveness and sensationalism due to the imperatives of the market.

Among the movements that emerged from that period is public journalism, which tried to open the media to citizen

participation and make them serve as a forum for various voices, both consensual and oppositional, in order to mobilize

public support for its cause. Public journalism, also known as civic journalism, is a contested concept but generally

understood as journalistic practice that is attentive to diverse and emergent interests of the community. Public

journalism experiments thrived in the community press, or media organizations outside Metro Manila, was concerned

with the environment, gender, basic social services, child rights, peace and conflict, good governance and the like,

issues that have far reaching consequences for the democratization process as a whole.

Page 36: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

This paper intends to shed light on the practice of public/civic journalism, its formation, dynamics, values and

possibilities for social change. Using theories on media and politics (Antonio Gramsci, Jurgen Habermas, Manuel

Castells, etc.), it attempts to construct a critical interpretation of public or civic journalism as a dynamic between

democratic change and the media in the Philippines.

Hoops and Dreams: Analysis of Kuwentong Gilas Narratives and National Identity in the Philippines

Mario Rico Florendo

University of Tokyo

After 40 years, the Gilas Pilipinas, the Philippines’ national basketball team, qualified for the FIBA Basketball World

Cup in 2014. The victory was celebrated by the nation and spurred massive media content including the sports-

documentary Kuwentong Gilas (The Gilas Story). This paper examines the relationship of sports and the formation of

national identity in the context of television in the Philippines through a mixed methods approach including textual

analysis of the texts, interview with the producers and players, and a survey questionnaire to the audiences.

Particularly, the study will investigate the symbols and representations present in the episodes categorized into three

narratives: Bagong Bayani: From Basketball Superstars to Modern-day Heroes; Player Portraits: From the Home to

the Nation; and Global Pinoys: Tales of Being a Filipino in a Globalized World. The results show that Kuwentong

Gilas, at the present digital age, offers a different avenue of identification. The episodes prove that the stories have

become a new breed of alternative narrative that is not based on politics or history but on cultural institutions like

sports and media.

Session 5C

POINTED CONVERSATIONS: TRANSFIGURING MIGRATION

“But You’re Not Really Filipino:” A Short Memoir

Laurel Fantauzzo

Yale-NYS College, Singapore

This paper presents a creative nonfiction perspective on mixed race identity in the Philippines and the diaspora. In this

short memoir piece, largely composed of comedic dialogue, the author tracks the small, daily gestures of classification

and dismissal she experiences when encountering new acquaintances of both America and the Philippines for the first

time. These interactions – some funny, some irritating, some quietly devastating – force the writer into an exploration

of the larger international, interpersonal, and historical conflicts of living in an ethnically ambiguous body. Navigating

the myth of racial purity is a kind of lifelong labor assigned to mixed-race individuals, a labor that occurs in even the

briefest new intimacies. This paper also explores the life-changing sense of relief and discovery that comes with

finding mixed race friends; allies who understand, with little explanation, the instincts you acquire when you feel

perpetually misnamed and misplaced.

The Filipino Diasporic Reality in Genevie L. Asenjo’s Three Short Stories

Arnel F. Murga

University of the Philippines Miag-ao

Genevieve L. Asenjo, during her writing residency in South Korea, wrote short stories depicting the lives of migrant

Filipinos in her host country. The short stories are “Looking for Gingko,” “Norebang,” and “Greetings from Sacred

Mountain.” “Looking for Gingko” tells the story of a Filipina during her writing fellowship in South Korea.

“Norebang” is the tale of Overseas Filipina Workers who are married to Koreans, expressing their sentiments through

karaoke. “Greetings from Sacred Mountain” is a “story set in Seoul and Iloilo-Guimaras on the plight of migrant

workers and human rights issues and a love story between a Filipino and Palestinian over a cup of jasmine tea” (Asenjo

2015). Considering that these literary texts are perfectly described as postcolonial, I would like to look into the Filipino

diasporic realities manifested in the three short stories using Homi Bhabha’s concepts that are fundamental to

postcolonial theory: hybridity and mimicry. Homi Bhabha’s concepts are used as lenses to explore the experience of

human and cultural displacement or diaspora. The term, diaspora, is now applied to the geographical dispersions of

Page 37: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Asians such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean and Filipinos (Maidment and Mackerras 72). Christine Pedery states that

“the surging phenomenon of Filipinos working abroad is a diasporic reality which continues to manifest in the

Philippines” (12).

To the Ends of the Earth: Philippine Labor Out-Migration as Musical and Melodrama

Oscar Tantoco Serquiña, Jr.

University of the Philippines Diliman

Ricardo Lee’s DH: Domestic Helper and Liza Magtoto’s Care Divas are plays about Filipino migrant workers,

particularly domestics and caregivers, which the Philippine Educational Theatre Association (PETA) mounted in 1992

and 2010, respectively. The former also had its international tour across Asia, Europe, and North America in 1993,

while the latter had its repeat stage productions in 2011 and 2012. Staged almost two decades apart, these plays

converge in the ways by which they address the central problematic of labor out-migration as an uprooting that

challenges origins and essences, haunts habits of those who leave and are left behind, and produces communions of

individuals that resist the threat of erasure under violent practices of everyday life abroad.

The Ilokano Diaspora, Family, and Gender in the Works of Francisco T. Ponce

Ronie G. Guillermo

Ateneo de Manila University

Iluko literature continues to struggle for a share of the mainstream reading public as it upholds the promotion of

regional literature. Francisco T. Ponce, a canonical Iluko writer has written a series of short stories that showcase the

cultural identity, uniqueness, and ethnicity of the Ilokanos. Using deconstruction and close-reading technique, this

study explores the rich content of his four chosen short stories by tracing their themes as they relate to diaspora, family,

and gender.

The result of the study shows that Ponce’s writings are generated through his diasporic experiences. He returns to his

nostalgic past by reconnecting with his natural tendencies that were totally removed from him when he was uprooted

from his motherland, thereby showcasing diaspora in his lived experiences. In his works, the value of the family is

depicted in the connection of those who work in Hawaii and those who were left in the Philippines which is sustained

by media that enliven the spirit of caring for each family member. He also illustrates the dynamics of gender which is

co-implicated in the lives of the characters to amplify masculinity and femininity.

Ponce’s contribution to Iluko literature has inspired his fellow regional language users to promote regional literature

despite the obstacles they face. Truly, regional literature will continuously grow for as long as there are writers like

Ponce who treasure their roots, value their culture, and nurture their skills.

Session 5D

THE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY: ANTICIPATING THE

TRANSFORMATIONS OF THE PHILIPPINES

This panel will explore several developments that can be traced to the early 19th century, in particular the decade from

1810 to 1820. Two of the papers will link these developments to reactions of different sectors of Philippine society to the

transformative possibilities that presented themselves with the arrival and potential implementation of the Spanish

Constitution of 1812. Ruth de Llobet's recent research has led the way in re-assessing the impact of the brief constitutional

era on Manila and the provinces of Luzon and her paper will analyze a dispute that took place during this period in Laguna,

demonstrating the connections to the charter that were being made across the society. Based on his exhaustive research on

the Catholic Church in the 18th and 19th centuries, Roberto Blanco will focus his paper on the impact of the constitution

on the growing contestations between the secular clergy and the religious orders. The paper of Michael Cullinane analyzes

an uprising in Cebu in 1815, relating this event to provincial, regional, and colony-wide changes that, like the other papers,

suggests that this period foreshadows the economic, political, and social transformations of the Philippines that developed

in the decades that follow.

Page 38: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Re-Thinking the 1812 Constitution's Impact on Laguna Province and the Luzon countryside: The Dispute

between the Principales of Santa Cruz and Majayjay Towns and José Peláez

Ruth de Llobet

GRIMSE, Pompeu Fabra University

Barcelona, Spain

This paper explores the impact and understanding of the 1812 Constitution in the province of Laguna through the analysis

of a dispute between José Peláez, ex-Alcalde Mayor of Laguna (1814), and the principales of the towns of Majayjay and

Santa Cruz. Based on documentary evidence, the paper challenges the widespread notion that the 1812 Constitution had

no impact outside Manila. Although the constitutional period was brief – barely a year in the provinces (1814-15)--the

charter and its overall intent disrupted the colony's sociopolitical status quo by placing indigenous people on an equal legal

footing with creoles and Spaniards, which for this short period provided natives with a degree of political agency. The

constitution's abstract character and the segmented nature of its implementation allowed for a wide interpretation among

the different sectors of the colonial society, with each sector responding according to its interests and to the possibilities

that the charter offered. In addition, the paper moves beyond the binary notions of "class struggle" (between native elites

and cailanes, or commoners) and "colonial struggle" (between natives and non-natives), proposing that the responses to

the charter were more fluid.

The Philippine Church and the Spanish Constitution of 1812

Roberto Blanco Andrés

CSIC – Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas

Spanish National Research Council, Spain

The implementation of the 1812 Constitution in the Philippines contributed to an important political change in the

relationship between the Catholic Church and the colonial state, as well as precipitating internal divisions between the

regular and secular clergy. While the secular priests perceived the charter to be supportive of their struggle against the

hegemonic control of the parishes by the regular clergy, the friars viewed it as a challenge to a status quo that empowered

them within the archipelago. This paper will explore these issues, emphasizing the efforts of the secular clergy, within a

constitutional framework, to seek political equality with the regulars and to break the friar’s hold on the parishes. This, in

turn, triggered a reaction from the regular clergy to protect their interests and to view the Constitution as a threat. At the

same time, it is necessary to discuss the difficulties facing the Governor General, who as Vice Patrono Real, had to protect

the Church while presiding over the implementation of a charter that intended to redefine the relationship between the

Church and the State.

Kinsa si Juan Diyong: The 1815 Uprising in Cebu

Michael Cullinane

University of Wisconsin-Madison

The 1815 "uprising" in Cebu, led by an enigmatic figure, Juan Diyong, defies a clear analysis. In its aftermath, a number

of sources purport to explain it, while none succeed. This paper will describe the event, but will be more concerned with

constructing its temporal, political, and economic contexts. The disturbance will be viewed as occurring within a

transitional moment, a time when Cebu and the central Visayas and northern Mindanao were beginning to emerge from

over a half century of colonial retreat (retirada). To explain the event within this framework, the paper will attempt to

analyze the changing interconnections among four representative individuals: Juan Diyong (for native residents, mga

lungsuranon, of emerging Christian municipalities), Alcalde Mayor Juan Nepomuceno de Andrade (as agent of the

beleaguered colonial state), Fray Julián Bermejo (as member of the over-extended and dispersed Spanish religious orders),

and Don Blas Crisostomo (as prosperous Chinese Mestizo entrepreneur of Cebu City's Parian). The agendas of each of the

protagonists collide in the 1815 uprising, regroup in its aftermath, and move forward from there within an increasingly

changing colonial milieu.

Page 39: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 5E

POINTED CONVERSATIONS: GENDER, POVERTY, POLITICS

Gender Role Differentiation and Access and Control in Community Management Work and Community

Politics: The Case of Upland Farmers in Iligan City

Grace Majorenos-Taruc

Mindanao State University -Marawi

This paper focuses on gender division of labor among women and men farmers in community spheres and their

differential access to and control over resources, benefits, and opportunities. It also highlights the factors affecting

gender division of labor and access to and control, and the implications of such factors to sustainable agriculture in

the community. Key informant interviews and focus group discussions were conducted among farmer beneficiaries

of NGO’s sustainable agriculture program. Some Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) tools were also utilized.

Findings show that women in Upper Pugaan areas are either part-time or full-time farmers, and are actively involved

in resource management. They are major contributors to the household economy, both through their remunerative

work on farms and through the unpaid work they traditionally render at home and in the community. Moreover, there

is an increasing social mobility and participation of women in community management work. However, community

politics still remains as men’s domain.

Constraints prevailed among women vis-à-vis men concerning access to and control over economic resources,

benefits, and opportunities in the household, farm, and community: structural, geophysical, and socio-cultural.

However, there is an apparent shift toward egalitarianism. These factors can either facilitate or constrain maximum

participation and equal access and control of women and men which have implications regarding sustainable

agriculture program in the community.

How Does Information Poverty Affect Voting Behavior?

Jose Mari Lanuza

University of the Philippines Diliman

Politicians who are tainted with issues of misdeeds in public office, yet continue to win in elections and hold public

office, and dot the Philippine political landscape. Why they remain in office is partly because of lack of correct and

adequate information to the public, especially to the poor electorate. This is termed as information poverty

(Hersberger, 2002). This lack of information could explain why the poor tended to vote for candidates whose actual

performance in office is questionable. This paper offers a framework for understanding how information poverty is

linked to the voting decisions of poor electorate. It also offers an analytic lens to explain why poor voters tend to be

information poor. Essentially this framework shows how information poverty limits the bases of decision-making for

the poor during elections, leaving them to vote instead for questionable politicians that also go against their long-term

class interests.

Urban Poor as “Social Capitalists”? The Dynamics of Social Capital in an Urban Poor Community

in Quezon City

Pamela Combinido

University of the Philippines Diliman

With case study as research design and in-depth interview as primary method of data gathering, the research is

structured to illustrate the workings and different dimensions of social capital in an urban poor community in Quezon

City which experiences high vulnerability to disaster and falls under the process of housing eviction. First, I discuss

the social networks that exist in the community. I highlight a nuance of meaning affecting social networks that form

a compound with the expectation of mutual support from their network. Second, I discuss the functions of social

capital by discussing the networks of provision and networks of trust. I also discuss here the motivations to give

assistance in spite of the experience of scarcity and deprivation. I highlight how empathy plays a large role as their

motivation more than the economic gains in the network, as neighbors bear witness to everyday undertakings and

Page 40: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

have more or less the same experiences of economic hardships with them. When people are denied of help, there is a

profound impact on people’s self-confidence and civic and political connectedness, as it was not only a failure of

economic provision but also a failure to empathize and to fulfil the expectation of mutual support. In the final part of

my analysis, I explain the motivations behind people choosing not to mobilize their social networks due to hiya. Thus,

something can be said about the politics of dignity, which becomes formation. Dignity is equated to autonomy, the

ability to take care and provide for one’s self, and only when one cannot take the burden of self-care social networks

mobilized.

Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) and Gender in the Philippines Focusing on the

Filipino Women at the Call Center

Yoshie Hori

Keisen University, Tokyo

The purpose of this paper is to examine the development of the BPO sector in the Philippines in light of the New

International Division of Labor theory, with a focus on the female workers’ carrier from the viewpoint of Filipino

migrant studies, the positioning of the household, and the effect on gender norms. The significance of this study will

try to demonstrate the impact of women’s labor not only on global capital flow and economic growth in the Philippines

but also the change of society and gender norms in the households.

The Philippine economy is now growing rapidly. The driving force behind the growth is the BPO industry. BPO

revenues increased by 19% from $15.5B in 2013 to $418.4B in 2014. And this industry created more than 1.03 million

jobs in 2014.

This paper also researched thirty-two workers’ condition through the questionnaires. The working generation is very

wide – from 1920s to late 1930s. This paper introduces 6 case studies of BPO workers to examine the relatedness of

migrant workers. I interviewed twelve women who are working (have worked) at the call center and one woman who

is working at an American Law firm as an accountant. Five people among the eight married women in their thirties

are working at the call center after doing several other jobs such as in manufacturing factories at the EPZ, as domestic

helper, and English tutor abroad. So the call center is the work place for married women in their thirties. In the case

of women in their twenties, they were working at the call center from the beginning of their employment record. It

means that the working opportunity at the call center already opened to them when they graduated from the university.

So their career steps would be different from those of the women in their thirties. I also did preliminary consideration

about gender norms in the Philippines. The increase of women who earn more money than the husband in the family

may change the gender norm of the Philippines in the future.

Session 6A

PERSONAL, SOCIETAL, AND TRANSCULTURAL CROSSINGS IN THE

SPANISH-ERA CONTACT-ZONE

This panel focuses on the encounter with Spain in the northern Philippines and draws on a range of biographical,

ethno-historical and travel documents, and photographs between the sixteenth and nineteenth centuries. The papers

highlight the wide-ranging transformations of identity at the personal and collective levels and in the spatial and

ecological realms. Aiming to describe how the colonial past was lived, the authors build on the dynamics of power

and cultural and social interaction as they were shaped by inequality, exploitation, and invasion, as well as by everyday

negotiations.

We offer a small cross-section of archive-based approaches to contact-zone history in the Philippines: (a) the life story

of a major sixteenth century interpreter for Spanish expeditions; (b) the reading of 1800s German travel memoirs and

photographs to examine Ilocos interactions as part of coastal-highland relations; (c) a new look at history and society

in Villanueva's paintings of the 1807 Basi Revolt; and (d) an ethnohistory of communication in the southern Cordillera

based on its military and environmental history in the 1700s and 1800s. The papers start from the earliest years of the

Spanish codification of "ethnicity" and "tribes" in the northern frontier. They span the wars that resulted in major

population dispersals on the Cordillera and explorations in the 1800s that further refined the early social classifications.

Page 41: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Our efforts build on similar work to understand indigenous identity construction in the Philippines and Southeast Asia,

and they contribute to a review of how national discussions of heritage and cultural identity represent the colonial

past.

The Ambiguous Career of Dionisio Capulong (c. 1560-1620)

John N. Crossley

Monash University, Melbourne, Australia

Which non-Spaniards, living in the Philippines when the Spanish arrived, do we know anything about? Very few, but

it is possible to begin to put together a life of Dionisio Capulong. This son of Lakandula was baptized in 1570, when

the Spaniards first arrived in Manila, and lived till at least 1620. In between, he both aided and assaulted the Spaniards.

He was 'exiled' for rebellion but nevertheless he later acted as guide to Spanish expeditions into northern Luzon. He

was a rich and powerful man and in his later years was engaged in land sales in Manila. So his life was full of

contradictions. To what extent was he exploited, and to what extent did he exploit the colonizers?

Text and Visual Forms: Re-reading the Basi Revolt Paintings

Romeo Galang Jr.

Far Eastern University

Esteban Pichay Villanueva, of whom very little is known, was born in Vigan. He painted a series of fourteen panels

that are called the Basi Revolt paintings. They depict events that occurred in 1807, from the revolt’s inception in the

northern Ilocos towns to the culminating events in Vigan. This revolt stemmed from the imposition of a monopoly on

basi, a local beverage made by fermenting sugar cane juice that was widely consumed by the Ilocanos.

This paper is a rereading of the paintings. I analyze certain aspects that present a different interpretation of the

paintings. In particular, I discuss race and social structures to identify certain elements that are described in documents

of the early 1800s on Ilocos. The archival reports that narrate an account of the 1807 revolt will be utilized and

compared with the texts in the paintings. This will determine how faithful the panels are in relation to the events of

1807. I also examine other archival documents to reconstruct the milieu of 1807 and the events prior to the revolt to

know more about the history of Ilocos and how this implicates the events. Finally, I comment on how to determine

the authenticity of the art works. Although the data bolsters most previously known facts, I offer a new way of looking

at Villanueva's remarkable creations by critically reviewing the previously-established knowledge about them.

"My Ancestors were Kalanguya but I am Ibaloy": An Ethnohistory of Communication in the Southern

Cordillera

Patricia O. Afable

Asian Cultural History Program, Smithsonian Institution

I bring together ethnographic, ethno-historical, and linguistic research, with an emphasis on geography and

communication, to offer an areal perspective on the emergence of cultural identities in the southern Cordillera. I begin

with Spanish-period settlement and migration histories as they were linked to inter-regional trade, and as they were

altered in the wars on highland peoples in the 1700s. Trip itineraries and the estimates of early population growth

drawn from the Galvey expedition reports in the 1800s frame a picture of dynamic linguistic, cultural, and social

exchanges among different zones of this region. Genealogies collected in the 1960s from various Ibaloy-, Kankanaey-

, Kalanguya-, and I'uwak-speaking communities set forth a subsistence and agricultural history through stories of rice-

field builders and their travels. I suggest that a widely-shared linguistic ideology that valorizes multilingualism and

flexible communicative boundaries supports these patterns of fluid and long-range communication.

Recent archaeological work in Ifugao tells us that the onset of irrigated rice cultivation east of the Polis range is much

more recent than we had thought. This raises questions about how the history of environmental resource use in the

southern Cordillera as a whole relates to collective identity construction and to ethnic differentiation. Here I provide

comparative, although non-archaeological, material that displays this relationship in regions outside of, but adjacent

to, Ifugao (from within Benguet, Mountain Province, and Nueva Vizcaya provinces). This study takes into account

Page 42: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

the exceptional ecological adaptations presented by gold and copper mining and by cattle-herding in Benguet and its

environs.

Session 6B

NATIVE TRADERS, WORKING WOMEN, AND LOCAL POLITICIANS AS PARTICIPANTS

IN A COLONIAL SOPCIETY: LAGUNA DURING THE NINETEENTH CENTURY

The study and discussion of Philippine colonial history is largely centered on Manila and other power-emanating bases

of the colonial state and generally focuses on the roles of prominent officials of the colony. Communities outside these

centers (except as “mere peripheries” or frontiers) and local actors (except as auxiliaries and “second-tier individuals”)

have been left out of the national historical narratives. Over the past half century, there have been a few efforts to

study local settings in the colony and the roles of local, ordinary people in the provinces. This panel follows what

seems to be a less explored path through the study of local/provincial actors as active participants in a colonial society.

The three (3) papers of the panel explore the economic, social and political state of the nineteenth-century Laguna by

focusing on how native traders, women, and local politicians of the province lived and operated in the narrow frame

of the Spanish colonial state. The paper on the comerciantes analyzes the roles of the local traders and entrepreneurs

in the complex socioeconomic processes in the province in the nineteenth century. The study on mujeres publicas and

maestras of Laguna makes women visible in a male-dominated colonial discourse and examines their place in the

social history of the province. Evaluation of how local politicians of Laguna have acted as agents of governance in

the municipal and provincial levels has been provided by the research on gobernadorcillos, cabezas, and tenientes.

Altogether, these fragments of local history offer a microcosmic image of the socioeconomic and socio-political

dynamics of the colonial state and may serve as axis or entry point into what is essentially a larger social, economic,

or political history of the country.

Comerciantes and the Government Trade Control in the Province

Roderick C. Javar, Jeffrey James C. Ligero, and Herald Ian C. Guiwa

University of the Philippines Los Baños

In the Philippine National Archives (PNA) are found nineteenth-century colonial records which provide rich data for

the study of local economic activities in the province of Laguna. Analyzed in the context of the nineteenth-century

economic development, specifically the opening of the Philippines to international commerce, the economic data in

the groups of documents entitled “Precio de Comestibles” (prices of basic commodities), “Fincas Urbanas” (tax

declarations of real properties), “Contribución Industrial” and “Rentas Públicas” (tax declarations and business

permits/licenses) pertaining to Laguna indicate that: (1) the imposition of taxes by the Spanish colonial government

to the produce and/or merchandise of, trade, business or profession by which local traders earned a living remained

an important and effective instrument of exploitation and control that lasted simultaneously with Spain’s rule in the

Philippines;( 2) local entrepreneurs dominated the retail trade in the province, (3) Chinese traders, although very few

in number compared to their Filipino counterparts, had a significant role in the development of business and trade in

the province because they were concentrated in the most economically developed towns, distributing imports,

purchasing local produce for export; (4) the prosperity brought about by the greater economic activity was obtained

by a few local principalías who in turn improved in economic status as evidenced by their real properties; and (5) the

expansion of Philippine trade did not dissolve the traditional agricultural economy of the province as local people

continued producing rice, oil and other commodities of lesser value than sugar, which was the cash crop cultivated in

Laguna. Examining the roles and state of affairs of the local business people broadens our perspective of the intricacies

of the government’s control on trade and business in the colony.

Occupations of Women in a Provincial Setting

Rhina A. Boncocan, Roberto C. Mata, Ma. Reina Boro-Magbanua

University of the Philippines Los Baños

Social history is a history of everyday life – home, workplace, and the community. It is also the history of social

problems – poverty, ignorance, disease, crime, etc. This study about the social life of nineteenth century Laguna

Page 43: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

focuses on the occupations of local women – particularly the teachers and prostitutes. It used the “Escuelas y

Maestras” and “Prostitucion” document bundles in the Philippine National Archives. The first bundle yielded a lot of

data on the educational system of the province. Included are the various letter requests for the provision of residence

for teachers; establishment of schools (Sta. Maria Magdalena, Sto. Nino in San Pablo, Barrio Aplaya in Sta. Rosa,

primary school in Siniloan, Calamba and San Pablo); provision of assistants to handle large class; payment of salary

of substitute teachers; transfer to Manila; and a promissory note to reimburse expenses for the construction of a room

for helpers in a girl’s school. Cases related to the issue of prostitution are the subject matter of the second document

bundle. In the nineteenth century there was a concern on how to eradicate syphilis in Laguna, a fast spreading venereal

disease believed to have been brought by women engaged in colonial flesh trade. This compelled the government to

have a closer supervision of the conduct of the prostitutes (mujeres publica) in the province. Punishment to those

women apprehended took the form of imprisonment of 10 to 30 days and as severe as deportation to the far-off islands

of Davao, Balacbac and Palawan. Putting women in colonial narratives gives us a fuller view of the dynamics of the

social history of the colonial state.

Gobernadorcillos, Cabezas and Tenientes as Political Actors in Local Politics

Dwight David A. Diestro and April Hope T. Castro

University of the Philippines Los Baños

The colonial state apparatus of the nineteenth century was maintained through an elaborate network of offices in the

central, provincial and town levels. The bureaucracy was theoretically a systematic organization in terms of delineated

functions between civil and ecclesiastical officials. To understand Spanish colonialism is to scrutinize the character

of governance and the priorities enunciated by the members of the ruling elite, including the Filipino participants in

the lowest levels. Management of funds, public works, including building and repair of tribunals, formulation of plans,

policy implementation like the listing of the polistas, and rendering of punishments were some of the motifs in the

power configuration in local politics. Examples of the activities of the local notables can be gleaned from the

following: transfer of the town center of Pila, 1802-1803; separation of Magdalena from Majayjay, 1821; complaints

against gambling by the principales of Biñan, 1836; establishment of the town of Sta. Maria, 1836; repair of the

Majayjay church, 1855; rice distribution for the construction of the convent in Binan, 1856; incorporation of San Pablo

and Alaminos to the province of Laguna from Batangas, 1883, petition to declare Biñan and Sta. Rosa as villas with

the title “always faithful and loyal” to Spain, 1898. Situating the native amidst these complexities is relevant in the

analysis regarding the nature of society, as a whole.

Session 6C

THE NATIONAL MUSEUM IN THE 21ST CENTURY: AN INSTRUMENT

FOR ESTABLISHING FILIPINO IDENTITY

The National Museum of the Philippines was established in order to house the nation’s patrimony. Since its foundation

in 1901, it has been at the forefront of telling stories of the Filipinos’ past and his culture, both extinct and extant,

through archaeological and ethnographic materials. The National Museum performs its functions through scientific

researches as well as the exhibition of some of its discoveries. Primary research in the natural and cultural fields has

produced not only results that document the antiquity of Filipino culture but also showcase the Filipino peoples’

distinct character as well as their affinity with other peoples in the region. Galleries exhibiting some of the earliest

stone tools, metal tools and implements in various forms, sizes and functions have helped define what it was to be a

Filipino before the advent of colonization. Ethnographic exhibits of contemporary baskets, textiles, religious images,

and other cultural objects portraying some of the customs and traditions of Filipinos, on the other hand, complement

the archaeological galleries. Students and researchers can access these collections for their own studies. In so doing,

the National Museum becomes not only an agency creating a Filipino identity but also as a channel for meaning-

making by others.

Page 44: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

The Archaeology of the Visayan Islands

Sheldon Clyde Jagoon

Archaeology Division, The National Museum of the Philippines

Archaeological remains in central Philippines extend back well before the Western powers came. Evidence of

elaborate funerary practices was excavated so far in the islands of Negros, Cebu, and Bohol. Metal Age burial jars

were excavated in the Municipality of Bacong, Negros Oriental. Extensive archaeological research was also conducted

on the island of Negros, in Tanjay. Settlement sites were identified showing the continuous use of the area. Prehistoric

burials with funerary goods were found in many areas in the island of Cebu, while dug-out wooden coffins with

zoomorphic designs were discovered in cave sites in Bohol.

Settlement sites were excavated in the island of Samar while shell midden sites associated with stone tools were found

in caves in the island of Panay. A recent test excavation in Kalibo, Aklan, revealed a complex technology of stone

tool production and ample earthenware sherds, suggesting a very old and probably continuous habitation of the caves.

In Oton, Iloilo, a gold death mask was recovered years ago, one of few gold artifacts recovered in situ. A similar type

was recovered in Plaza Independencia, Cebu, during the salvage archaeology that was conducted during the

construction of a subway in the heart of the city. Historical Period sites were also identified in the island of Bohol,

like the Ermita Site in Dimiao and other Spanish period fortifications.

This paper aims to explore the different archaeological sites in the Visayas and their relationships to provide a

comprehensive view on the prehistory of the islands.

The Bisaya Ethnographic Collection of the National Museum

Nicolas C. Cuadra

Anthropology Division, The National Museum of the Philippines

The Bisaya ethnographic collection is part of the on-going ethnographic documentation of the Anthropology Division

of the National Museum to build a reference collection of the cultural materials of the peoples of the Philippines.

There are 150 Bisaya ethnographic objects currently kept at the Collections Holdings Rooms of the Anthropology

Division. The ethnographic materials were collected from the early part of the nineteenth century by American

anthropologists Emerson B. Christie and W. A. Reed and in the latter half of the century by Gov. Gen. Cameron

Forbes and the staff of the Anthropology Division, respectively. The provenance of the majority of the collection is

Samar, Leyte and Bohol and, in some cases Panay Island, Cebu, Negros Occidental and Sorsogon. The items range

from mats, hats, baskets, pipes, pottery, fishing materials such as fish traps, net, scoop and bait holder and agricultural

materials.

The NM-Geo in the Central Philippines: Updates on the Research Projects in the Visayas by the Geology

Division of the National Museum of the Philippines

Abigael Castro

Geology Division, The National Museum of the Philippines

The Geology Division of the National Museum continues to uphold its role in Philippine geologic research with current

projects focusing, among others, on the diversity of life millions of years ago. We present here our recent fossil

findings from central Philippines. These recent findings include remarkable mollusk fossils from Leyte, Cebu, and

Bohol. We take a look at how these findings affect the geologic history of the area. We also take this opportunity to

highlight once again outstanding pieces of geologic specimens stored in our collection which were found from the

different rock exposures of the Visayan Islands. Finally, we will briefly discuss future plans that the NM-Geology has

for the advancement of geologic and cultural studies in the Central Philippines.

Page 45: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 6D

CHALLENGES AND CONSTRAINTS OF HOME SCHOOLING

Homeschooling in the Philippines is often legitimized on two fronts. One is the constitutional provision that recognizes

the natural and primary right and duty of parents in the rearing of the youth, and the other a set of policies that

encourage non-formal, informal, and indigenous learning systems, as well as self-learning, independent, and out-of-

school study programs particularly those that respond to community needs. These various alternatives to formal

education, coupled with various state-provided equivalency and placement tests, are some reform initiatives that

address non-participation or school dropout rate among the poor. But at the same time, the same provisions are giving

the impetus to the homeschooling movement in the Philippines. Homeschooling allows parents to participate more

meaningfully in the education of their children. These homeschooling parents would often express their dissatisfaction

with the capacity of regular schools to educate their children to be the kind of learner and citizen that they hope them

to be and so they take the responsibility of being the direct source of education. The panel examines the homeschooling

practices in the Philippines from differing perspectives – curriculum design, social justice and rights based education,

and from a critical social theory of education.

Homeschooling Curriculum of the Master’s Academy Homeschool

Isabel Sanchez-Sibayan

Department of Education (Dep-Ed Philippines)

This paper traces the historical development of the elementary homeschooling curriculum of The Master’s Academy.

Using document analyses, administration of surveys, and conduct of interviews, this research sought to answer the

following questions:

• How was the elementary curriculum of TMA Homeschool conceptualized?

• How is the present elementary curriculum of TMA Homeschool being developed?

• What changes has the elementary curriculum of TMA Homeschool undergone since its founding

in 1999?

The study showed that there are a variety of factors that shaped the elementary homeschooling curriculum of TMA

Homeschool. These factors emanate (1) from outside of the organization; (2) from within the organization itself; and

(3) they can be systemic or organizational in nature. The elements outside of the school were: the 1987 Constitution,

Republic Act 9155, the 1988 Family Code and DepEd Memorandum No. 216 s1997; the unique features and

adaptability of the curriculum package being marketed abroad and being used here in the Philippines by

homeschoolers from both TMA Homeschool and other homeschool providers; and the feedback of the homeschooling

parents. There were also factors within the organization itself that had a significant bearing on how the curriculum

came into existence. These include the background of the parent-teachers, their educational beliefs, as well asof those

who are in the leadership of the school. Lastly, organizational changes covered the roles of the employees of the

organization in response to the new set-up of the school, the introduction of the various sports and arts programs, and

support groups or co-ops.

Beyond Individual Rights and Parental Duty: Situating Homeschooling in the Historical and

Sociocultural Context of the Philippines

Maria Mercedes Arzadon

University of the Philippines Diliman

Anette Lareau (2003) presented the cultural logic of parenting among middle-class families as “concerted cultivation”

informed by a “professional” view of parenting. This parenting logic sheds light on the growing number of

homeschooling practices among middle-class parents. This paper is an exploratory qualitative study that provides an

overview of the homeschooling practices in the Philippines which include programs run by private homeschooling

providers and the independent initiatives of a few homeschooling families. It attempts to situate homeschooling in the

sociocultural and historical context of education in the Philippines. It critiques the neoliberal agenda of the educational

system to produce “globally competitive” persons which heightens the anxiety level of parents and robs children of

the pleasurable experience of learning. The study utilizes formal and informal interviews with homeschooling families,

private homeschooling providers, and policymakers. Narratives that come from the exchanges in local homeschooling

groups in social media are also analyzed.

Page 46: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Overall, the paper presents the profile of homeschooling families, their reasons for homeschooling, the various support

systems that are available like the services of private homeschool providers and online communities that are

particularly helpful to the growing number of parents who, for various reasons like rising tuition fees and their

philosophy of learning, choose to be independent homeschoolers. This paper explores the possibility of positioning

homeschooling in the Philippines beyond the discourse of individualistic parental rights in a discourse of solidarity

and advocacy for accessible and quality educational alternatives for the millions of poor, unschooled, and working

children. It also calls for a homeschooling curriculum that goes beyond its middle/upper class orientation towards one

that is enriched by the Pedagogy of Love of Paulo Freire.

At Home with School: The Emotional Labor of Mothers Who Homeschool Their Children

Gina F. Bonior

Silliman University

This study explores the experiences of three mothers who are engaged in homeschooling. In particular, it aims to seek

answers to the following research questions: (1) How do homeschooling mothers feel about their lives, their roles, and

the choices they make in relation to homeschooling? (2) What are the challenges faced by homeschooling mothers in

their homeschooling engagements? and (3) How do they navigate through the tensions they feel between their identity

as mother, teacher, and wife, among others? Narratives of the three mothers who were interviewed indicated that their

motivations to remove their children from school are consistent with those observed by Lois (2013). The participants’

motivations and decisions were grounded on their identities as ideologues and pedagogues, as well as socio-relational

reasons, e.g., the need to protect their children from negative peer influence and their desire to strengthen family unity.

Given the relatively high cost of home-schooling service providers, most of whom are US-based, mothers strategize

to make the cost manageable. The mothers in this study desire to engage in cultural production, through their

engagement in an alternative means to school their children. They manage their emotions and position themselves in

stances of power to effectively navigate the complexities of their multiple roles and the demands of marrying home

and school. However, their agency is limited to the options at their disposal, and constrained by structures such as

national testing and curriculum requirements.

Session 6E

EXAMINING GENDERED CITIZENSHIP: EMERGING ISSUES IN PHILIPPINE FEMINISM

Women, like other marginalized groups, have always had a difficult relationship with the nation and with citizenship.

In the Philippines, from the first Philippine Republic, women were not accorded the rights of full citizens, marking

citizenship and nationhood as a male preserve. One can refer here to the denial of Philippine women of their right to

vote which had to be won through a decades-long struggle that began at the turn of the 20th century and culminated

only in 1937.

But the history of women’s claim-making to the rights that define citizenship and the corresponding identity markers

of nationhood has been a continuing contestation that marks present day struggles. These struggles continue to

challenge the unmarked but gendered nature of citizenship. As women assert their needs and demands, their struggles

bring about strains and dysjunctures with mainstream parameters of conceptions of the transnational, national and

local; public and private; and the rights of citizens and their relationship to state and nation.

Gendered Citizenship: It Has Always Been Sexual!

Sylvia Estrada-Claudio

University of the Philippines Diliman

Taking off from the struggle for a Reproductive Health Law, the presenter examines how arguments for and against

the Law reveal contrasting social prescriptions about women as Filipinos and their differential entitlements as sexual

beings, marked as having special and circumscribable reproductive roles and functions. The paper then examines the

tensions of culture-claiming and national identity prescriptions by anti-RH proponents, as these contradict

Page 47: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

international human rights standards and reveal the fraught relationships between nationalism and the demands of

transnational progressive solidarity.

Through a Feminist Lens: Women in the Informal Economy Assert Gendered Citizenship

Rosalinda Pineda Ofreneo

University of the Philippines Diliman

This paper will examine the decade-long process of engagement by organized women in the informal economy for

legislation that will best ensure that their rights as citizens and as workers will be at par with rights provided to those

in the formal economy. It will use a feminist lens in analyzing the content of the proposed Magna Carta of Workers

in the Informal Economy, and its recent revisions based on the recent recommendation of the ILO Conference

regarding transitioning from informality to formality. Particular attention will be paid to provisions on social

protection, which workers in the informal economy sorely lack, and how the gender dimension of this deficit is

expected to be addressed. Aside from content analysis, the paper will draw from the author’s long-term engagement

in the advocacy process, side by side with grassroots women in the informal economy, along with other feminists who

have injected a gender dimension to the overall struggle of informal workers for visibility, voice, access to social

protection, and justice.

Envisioning the Feminist Solidarity Economy through Women's Solidarity Enterprises

in the Informal Economy

Nathalie A. Verceles

University of the Philippines Diliman

This paper focuses on women in the informal economy, specifically self-employed/own-account micro-entrepreneurs

and sub-contracted workers. Three case studies in three field sites were accomplished, and these covered, in each of

the field sites, the solidarity enterprise and its women participants. The research methodology is feminist and the

methods used were participant observation, semi-structured interviews, and focused group discussions.

Through a gender analysis using Naila Kabeer’s Social Relations Approach, the paper examines how solidarity

enterprises, through their own practices, rectify the subordination of women in the informal economy as workers and

as women. The effects of women's participation in a solidarity livelihood project on their situation in the household,

community, market, and on their relations with the state/local government, together with personal changes

experienced, were also investigated.

Given the nascency of the solidarity economics paradigm in the Philippines, this research contributes to furthering

and deepening an understanding and appreciation of it based on existing practices of women in the informal economy.

Feminist economics analyses are central in this study, and feminist visions of an alternative economy are coalesced

with solidarity economics to delineate the contours of a feminist solidarity economy. The case study enterprises are

benchmarked against this vision of a feminist solidarity economy in order to provide recommendations towards the

practice of a more explicitly feminist solidarity economy.

This study is rooted in the lives and voices of grassroots women and integrates the social and political dimensions of

their lives with the economic. It is a contribution to the efforts of women worldwide to advance and claim economic

and social justice for women of the South.

Of Poverty and Food Security: The Role of Women’s Home Gardens in Times of Recurrent Typhoons

Teresita Villamor Barrameda

University of the Philippines Diliman

How do households of farm workers cope with poverty and recurrent typhoons? What is the role of women in their

households’ food security? How do women’s home gardens respond to the food security needs of these farming

households in everyday survival and in recovering from recurrent typhoons? Using the life story method, the study

examines the lives of ten women from farm working households in a rural barangay and the multiple roles they play

Page 48: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

in their households’ food security. The study highlights women’s survival strategies in coping with chronic poverty

and the adverse effects of recurrent typhoons – loss of livelihoods and incomes, high prices of basic commodities, and

food insecurity. In such difficult circumstances, women were able to tide over food insecurity in their households

through their home gardens. Recognizing women’s role in households’ food security as well as the crucial role of

their home gardens in recovery from recurrent typhoons, this study puts forth the following key recommendations: (a)

women to be given voice and participation in decision-making bodies in planning and programs in disaster risk

reduction and management at all levels; (b) women to participate in decision-making in economic/livelihood programs

at the community level; (c) NGOs and LGUs to integrate women’s home gardens in designing economic/livelihood

programs for typhoons and climate change adaptation of households in poor communities; and (d) the need to organize

women to empower them in claiming their entitlements of their right to food and land.

Session 7A

ENCYCLOPEDIA AND NATION I

In September 2016, the Cultural Center of the Philippines will launch the second, revised edition of the CCP

Encyclopedia of Philippine Art, referred to as EPA2. Begun in May 2013, the new EPA2 will have 12 volumes, two

more than the 1994 edition, namely : two volumes on the more than 55 ethnolinguistic groups of the Philippines,

discussing their various art forms in relation to their histories, political systems, economic systems, social

organizations, religious systems; two volumes on the literatures of the Philippines in all languages, traditions, and

forms; one volume each for Architecture, Visual Arts, Music, Dance, Theater, Film, and Broadcast Arts (the last a

new volume); and a last volume for the index and references. Each of the art volumes is composed of historical essays

on the art form, its forms/genres/types, its aspects of production, its significant works, its artists and organizations,

and its timeline. Unlike the first edition in 1994 and the CD-Rom version in 1997, this new edition will have a digital

version in addition to a limited printed edition.

Using their experience in the editing, writing, and publishing of EPA2, these twin sequential panels composed of the

area and co-area editors will present a reflexive analysis of the aims, scope, and methodology that they followed or

observed in preparing this new edition, evaluating both the process and the product in relation to the larger goal of

nation-building through culture that the CCP is committed to. Fully conscious that the creation of a canon of art works

and the interpretation of the significance of these works within a chosen historical narrative are necessarily implicated

in politics and ideology, the editors will discuss how EPA2 imagined and defined the Philippines as a nation vis-à-vis

the continuing issues of ethnicity, religion, gender, class, race as well as colonization, globalization, and the diversity

of cultural traditions in Philippine history and society.

Imagining the Nation Through an Encyclopedia of Philippine Art

Nicanor G. Tiongson

University of the Philippines Diliman

Like the first edition, the new CCP Encyclopedia of Philippine Art (EPA2) of 2016 was undertaken by the CCP in

pursuit of one of its goals: the continuing definition of a national cultural identity among Filipinos based on a

knowledge and appreciation of the achievements of Filipino artists through the ages.

In choosing the entries to EPA2, the editors were careful to represent the best works of artists from all cultural

traditions (ethnic, folk, popular), all ethnolinguistic groups, religions, and regions, and all sectors and classes of

Philippine society. In presenting these achievements, the editors sought to underscore their significance from the

native’s point of view, even as they showed how these achievements came about as artistic responses to specific

material and temporal conditions. Given the diverse sources of our cultural traditions, the EPA2 believes that the

aesthetics of Philippine arts must necessarily be pluralistic, because they are relative to the varying conditions under

which art is created all over the archipelago.

In documenting the artistic achievements of our peoples, this encyclopedia hopes to contribute to the preservation and

strengthening of the national memory, which is crucial to our identity as a nation. Moreover, in gathering and making

accessible the creative works of our ethnic and folk artists, this encyclopedia offers a wealth of traditions and sources

Page 49: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

from which contemporary artists may draw inspiration and in which they may discover a sensibility more in

consonance with the roots of the majority of our people. With the encyclopedia, Filipinos of all generations and classes

will have not only a ready source of cultural information but a firm basis for defining their identity as Filipinos.

(Re)-Tracing the Foothpath of Philippine Dance: Dancing Bodies and National Memory

Basilio E.S. Villaruz and Ruth Pison

University of the Philippines Diliman

Documenting dance in any medium has always been fraught with challenges. As movement vanishes the moment it

is executed, to record its many aspects in written language poses many difficulties. While the opportunity offered by

CCP’s project to update the 1994 Encyclopedia of Philippine Art allowed dance scholars and practitioners to

strengthen the study and discipline of dance in the Philippines, it likewise enabled us to reflect on the politics of

knowledge production, movement vocabulary, and how these impinge on the idea of the nation.

The volume on dance is expected to provide a comprehensive summary of Philippine dance, a seeming suite of dances

from the northern, central, and southern parts of the Philippines. Capturing in capsule form the provenance and

movement of a dance, an organization’s contribution to Philippine dance, and a choreography’s/ movement’s

significance was a formidable task. This paper will discuss the perils and possibilities involved in the project and argue

that despite the dangers of such an ambitious work, it is a necessary undertaking connected to the enterprise of nation-

formation. Instead of claiming a canon for Philippine dance, the volume wishes to invite more queries from its readers.

Despite the ideological implications of this kind of knowledge creation, the volume seeks to contribute, above all else,

to the discourse of the nation because its pulse is felt in the dancing bodies of its people. With a volume on Philippine

dance, we partially set in print the nation’s history inscribed in the people’s body.

A Hundred Years of Writing about 'Philippine Music': The Place of the CCP Encyclopedia

In Minding the Nation

Jose S. Buenconsejo

University of the Philippines Diliman

Before Jose Maceda introduced systematic studies on Traditional Philippine Music (TPM) in the 1950s, the subject

was already in the minds of Filipino intellectuals such as Pedro Paterno and, perhaps, Isabelo de los Reyes, as early

as the 1890s. A decade after and for the next hundred years of thinking on the subject, a plethora of discourses surfaced,

each coming from a particular orientation and intended to specific readerships. Epifanio de los Santos’s essays on

TPM were informed by the unreliable orientalist "auto-ethnographic" writing of Paterno as well as works by Spanish

observers like Retana and Walls, but de los Santos's essays are interesting for it listed down music genre features and

was an "archive" of some sort like Isabelo de los Reyes'. This convention of publicizing the itemization of Philippine

music in public would continue with the researches by Bañas, Roa, notably Romualdez, and A Buenaventura in folk

music in the ensuing decades, some of which contained pioneering ideas in the realms of music historiography and

organology. After the war, the archive of Philippine music was continually mined and reinscribed by derivative

scholars like F Santiago and Antonio Molina, only to be broken once more by the scientific musicological science

introduced in the country by Corazon Dioquino and Jose Maceda in the 1950s. Decades after, new types of Philippine

music entered this archive as evidenced in the first edition of the CCP Encyclopedia of Philippine Art.

In my presentation I offer a synoptic view of the contents of the Philippine national musical archive, particularly

critiquing the exclusions of certain Philippine music genres that would inevitably reveal conflicting ideologies about

highbrow and lowbrow Philippine music. In today's national archive, it pains the national body that regional musicians

are not yet in the pantheon of Philippine music monuments. Such exclusion had to do with the canon of “legitimate

music” that a Western-built music academy would police and uphold.

Page 50: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Theater, Encyclopedia, and Nation as Evolving Projects

Apolonio B. Chua and Galileo Zafra

University of the Philippines Diliman

The paper highlights the contributions of the CCP Encyclopedia of Philippine Art 2 (EPA 2) in imagining the nation

through the various theater artists and organizations, forms and types, scholarship and publications, and major works

that were included in the Theater Volume. It also tackles issues and problems encountered in the actual production of

the compendium, thereby focusing attention on the writing of EPA 2 and of the nation both as evolving projects.

The paper discusses several theater forms and types, as well as major works which the Encyclopedia has documented

to highlight the various ways traditions are transformed by theater artists and groups to respond to various historical,

socio-political, and artistic contexts. The paper also tackles how the EPA 2, Theater Volume contribute to the

expansion of a theater canon. It examines several published materials used in the academic context to define the

existing canon which will then be compared with the evolving canon of the Theater Volume.

Session 7B

THE REGIME OF BLOOD AND BEAUTY: THE ABJECT ARCHIVES OF MARTIAL LAW

In October 2015, the Manila-based glossy magazine Philippine Tattler featured the sixty-year old preternaturally-

enhanced congresswoman Imee Marcos on the cover of their “fashion issue.” Dressed in a red terno, wearing the color

of her family’s political party, the image was quickly altered into anti-Marcos memes by tech savvy Philippine citizens

on social media. One meme shows the congresswoman’s feet and her terno stained in blood, as she sits on a pile of

bloody skulls. The diabolical images of her late father and her elderly mother, bathed in red light, float in the

background. Another meme shows the congresswoman’s photo next to the skeletal image of Joel Abong, a

malnourished boy from Negros Occidental, who became the face of poverty and human rights violations during the

last decade of the Marcos regime. With these popular texts and meanings in mind, our panel follows the unforgettable

and the forgotten “roots and routes” of Philippine popular culture. Recalling Walter Benjamin’s “Paris Arcades”

project, our panel on popular culture consists of abject “images, texts, signs and things” relating to Martial Law:

olfactory memory (Devilles), noir film (Capino), kitsch and government propaganda (Balce), and gay beauty pageants

in Tondo (Lopez). Our panel critiques Philippine popular culture as “an archive of thought, of perceptions, of history

and of the arts.” Eschewing the image of Imelda Marcos (or her daughter Imee) as an icon of beauty, we consider how

notions of beauty might return us to brutality and the violence of the totalitarian state.

Smelling the City: An Auto-geography of Pasig City

Gary Devilles

Ateneo de Manila University

This paper is an attempt to explore Metro Manila’s scent in factories in so far as these factories are indices of the

urbanization and transnational post-Fordism economy of the country in the 70s. I use my story growing up in the

1970s, as both my parents were factory workers for American firms, to trace how these factories formed and sustained

communities in Pasig and how they nurtured our collective identification with American culture. Since most of these

firms were corporate sponsors of TV soap operas, I will also talk about our fascination with TV melodramas as part

of this colonial formation and concomitant alienation. Hence, this paper problematizes the city’s scent as both the

material condition and trope of our Americanization, in so far as scent is invisible yet pervasive, and extends to social

attributes, real or imagined power. As smelling the city reveals our intricate relationships, patterns of behavior and

embodied subjectivities, this paper aims to contribute to a wider and growing discourse of auto-geography, an

accounting of oneself not just in time but more importantly in a particular place or setting through sensory

ethnographic field work.

Page 51: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Martial Law Noir: The Politics of Lino Brocka’s Jaguar

José B. Capino

University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

In the years leading up to the end of Martial Law – what Marcos called the period of “normalization” – Lino Brocka

made a socially relevant “sex drama action” film called Jaguar (1979) in the tradition of the American film noir. Noir

was a style of genre cinema that was sensational, populist, grittily beautiful, and yet also capable of vividly

representing the major socio-political issues of the day. Brocka’s experiment aimed to reconcile the commercial

demands of the local box office with the preference for substance and pictorial beauty among the international film

audiences that had recently discovered his work. My presentation sheds

light on that experiment, with emphasis on the socio-political implications of the film’s script and cinematography.

Using rare archival documents, I will bring to light the story of how scriptwriters Jose Lacaba and Ricky Lee – two

former political detainees tortured by the regime – created scenarios that excoriated social conditions under Martial

Law and fantasized the trial of Imelda and Imee Marcos by a Communist kangaroo court. Through a scholarly analysis

of cinematography and mise-en-scène, I will also discuss the layers of social critique encoded in the film’s intricate

visual design. In Jaguar, the architecture of Manila’s slums and the coercive rituals of Martial Law are turned into

picturesque commentaries on such issues as social inequality, urban criminality, and state violence. The film’s social

critique got under the skin of Imelda Marcos and the regime’s censors, resulting in the film’s bowdlerization and

temporary embargo.

Fascinating Fascism: An Archive of Marcos Kitsch and Propaganda

Nerissa Balce

State University of New York, Stony Brook

The title of my paper borrows from Susan Sontag’s essay of the same title. Sontag correctly observed the deep, dark

secret of some feminist and cultural studies scholars: that we are fascinated by fascism. She describes the rehabilitation

of the filmmaker Leni Riefenstahl, Nazi propagandist and Hitler’s lover, by contemporary feminist critics.

Riefenstahl’s “de-Nazification,” as Sontag put it, and Riefenstahl’s elevation as an avant-garde feminist artist

happened in the early 1970s, after the publication of a book of her black and white photographs of an African tribe.

Sontag captures what I see as the rehabilitation of the Marcoses on social media, with the emergence of memes that

support Ferdinand Marcos, Jr.’s bid for the vice-presidency in 2016, and YouTube video clips that present the Marcos

era as a period of prosperity and peace. Against these acts of forgetting, my paper analyzes various examples of Marcos

kitsch and propaganda that circulated then, from paintings of the Marcoses to ghostwritten propaganda books. I read

these texts alongside human rights reports and a U.S. Congressional report from the 1970s. As Walter Benjamin

argued, we approach our past through a thorough excavation, “like a man digging”: “Language has unmistakably

made plain that memory is not an instrument for exploring the past, but rather a medium.” Using visual and textual

language, this paper maps the violence of the totalitarian state in the language of 1970s kitsch and propaganda.

Spectacular Spaces, Spaces of Spectacle: Philippine Gay Beauty Pageants and the Aesthetics of

Otherness in the Martial Law Period

Ferdinand Lopez

University of Santo Tomas

The “Mujeran” or drag ball has ceased to exist in Tondo, Manila. In its heyday, it was the biggest, grandest, and most

spectacular gay dance party from the 1950s until 2010. The “Mujeran,” from the Spanish “mujer,” meaning female

or woman, was an occasion for inscribing the bakla feminized self in the public spaces of community. Also known as

“Wagwagan,” a Tagalog word meaning “to shake” as in a dance move, its other signification would indicate the

person’s ability to get rid of something as superfluous as guilt and shame in a predominantly Catholic environment,

or the violence and aggression that attend homophobic reactions. The mujeran or wagwagan, I argue, is the precursor

of the media-mediated performance of bakla identity and aesthetics of otherness in the national stage. In this paper, I

will attempt to document the mujeran in Tondo, Manila’s oldest and poorest community which has been a consistent

site for resistance and subversion in different periods in Philippine history and discuss how the bakla negotiates the

social proscription and political surveillance during the Imeldific Regime of Blood and Beauty (a.k.a. Martial Law).

Page 52: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Further, I will touch briefly on Eat Bulaga’s “Miss Gay Philippines” aired in the 1980s over Channel 9, controlled and

operated by a Marcos crony, and end my presentation with a critical discussion of celebrity stylist, Jun Encarnacion’s

“Philippines Five Prettiest,” the most prestigious gay beauty pageant of the Marcos regime.

Session 7C

THE NATION IN THINGS: MUSEOLOGY ANDITS CONSTRUCTIONS

IN/OF THE PHILIPPINES

The panel is proposed with the intention of bringing into the ambit of discourse the work in museums that submit to a

taxonomy, interpret, represent, and otherwise form narratives around identity. In the Philippines, this interrogation has

not been attempted substantively. Philippine museums having thus far remained outside debate and critical regard.

The members of the panel have been aware of and troubled by the distance of Philippine museums from discussion

and debate about its practices and conventions. Whether private or public, Philippine museums regularly appeal to

the national, promote tropes of national emergence, and presume to articulate tradition. Filipino curators today are a

field of specialists on genres of “culture” (the word in large measure left as an unreflective category) who perform to

trope-making and trope‐ sustaining imperatives. Hence this idea for a panel that explores a terrain of cultural

production and culture production.

The panel will describe the inner workings of museology in the separate practices of the speakers so that the collective

critique of their field is informed by cartographies, so to speak, of museology itself as it has filtered down from the

West to the Philippines. Each speaker will make reference, in particular, to submitting to a taxonomy and rhetorical

conventions diffused into the Philippines without much remarking, but with, they will assert, significant – if

questionable – impact on the discourses of nation and identity.

Accessioning Nation in Museums: A Critique-In-Progress

Marian Pastor Roces

TAO Management, Inc.

Museum accession records are not ethically neutral systems. Their taxonomizing imperatives are harnessed to the

same ideological regime – indeed, to entire epistemological fields – that sustained colonial enterprises during

modernity. And because these enterprises brought into being the concept of nation, there has been continuity in this

taxonomizing work. Nations took over and carried forward the imperative of deploying the entire institution of the

museum and its conventions to stabilize fluid identities, to mark off boundaries and prevent seepage between and

among categories dividing aspects of human endeavor, and to move artefacts and artworks from the messiness of

historical change to the neatness of a cenotaph.

This position upon which this paper is built – the imbricatedness of museum practice in empire building and

subsequently nation-building – acknowledges and builds on a diverse critical literature undertaken in the last three

decades. The paper will not endeavor a review of this literature other than to gesture towards key texts. It will instead

develop its own argument in two parts. It asserts that collecting and accessioning materials from a field that has been

known as “ethnographic” from a circumscribed geography, the Philippines has contributed to the hard-wiring of the

political concepts of nation for this country since its emergence at the end of the 19th century until the present.

The Nation in Things, The Nation in Texts: Pedagogical Impulses of National and Local Museums

Ma. Jovita E. Zarate

University of the Philippines Open University

Museums assign to itself a pedagogical function. The study sets out to examine how the National Museum and two

local museums within its ambit take on this task and then proceeds to examine other such possibilities. In particular,

the notions of the national and the local will be examined and how this duality deploys official narratives to represent

a unitary, ordered, homogeneous, and over-sentimentalized nation.

Page 53: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

The categories of the national and the local have been summoned as the constitutive elements of the nation and its

attendant artefact – national identity. These two categories define each other: the national absorbs the enunciations of

the local; the national selectively affirms the validity of local histories to become weft and warp of the national

tapestry, as it were. The local, on the other hand, is represented as the synecdoche of the national and, on some

occasions, as microcosm, a way of seeing the patterns and structures of history through the minutiae of its pithy

narratives. The local is thus retrofitted to serve a totalizing narrative, even providing ethnographic texture to what is

an already known and prefigured category of the national. In realizing this function, I assert that what is generated is

a set of bounded knowledge that enables the construction of the category of national identity, and an ideal template of

citizenship and belonging that may potentially be hierarchical, essential, and exclusionary.

The Nation in Images

Corazon S. Alvina

Independent Scholar

Photography and its use to generate visual documentation of cultures resulted in voluminous images of the Philippines

produced during the Spanish and American colonial periods. Not only photographers but ethnographers, diplomats,

travelers, and merchants of Spain and the United States contributed to the existing (but dispersed) bulk of photographs

of the last 150 years, including albums, glass slides, negatives, and diapositives. By and through the lenses of other

continental Europeans and the British, there are these photographic documents, many of them now used as optical

presentations of anthropology or as “visible history.” Museums have differing classifications of archival photographs:

as part of the ethnographic collection, especially if contemporary or identified with, or related to specific ethnographic

objects; as a section of a larger museum division – the library; and, as works of art in a museum of art. In the

Philippines, however, libraries, not museums, hold archival photographs. The collection of archival photographs in

many museums has generally not been prioritized, and has not been logistically possible.

In this study, the museological practice of referring to the category of material under the rubric of archival photographs

will be explored, as indeed how the wielding of these images within an exhibition has been within the mold of the

imagery of particular genres of nation and identity, such as the notion of tipos del pais and indeed the nomination of

objects both old and current as “Filipiniana” in circulating images of “peoples of the Philippines.”

The Philippine Ethnographic Collection of the Weltmuseum Wien: Preliminary Analysis of

Embedded Discourse

Maria Fe P. Quiroga

University of the Philippines Diliman

The Vienna collection of Philippine ethnographic material, mostly dated to the late 19th century, provides a window

of opportunity to explore at least one track of European scientific regard for one object of study: the so-called

Philippine peoples. The first part of the paper describes the collection of the Weltmuseum Wien, formerly Museum

für Volkerkünde (Museum of Ethnology) and its main collectors in the late 19th century. Beginning as early as 1839,

more than 1,500 items comprise the Philippine collection in Vienna, Austria. The geographical provenance as divided

by the museum under the category “Land,” is diverse: more than 900 are from Northern Luzon, about 400 from

Mindanao, 98 from Sulu Archipelago, 6 from Batan Island, 30 from Palawan and less than 20 from Visayas.

The second part of the paper examines the emphasis of the collection and the possible relationship(s) between this

study of an Other and the imagination of 19th century Philippine nation. The Philippine collection in Weltmuseum

Wien are mostly ethnographic objects, with designated ethnicities, and identified general geographic provenance.

There are also a few zoological, botanical, and geological specimens, and human remains. Preliminarily, it may be

conjectured that at least for the objects acquired in the early 19th to early 20th centuries, the collection aligned with

the lines of a 19th century evolutionary paradigm, and furthermore embedded in the broad universe of European

colonial power. These ethnographic objects, along with associated biological specimens, made their way to

Weltmuseum Wien and other museums, whose canon of the late 19th century was to classify and depict the

ethnographic objects within an evolutionary narrative from savage to civilized – extracted/removed from its own

Page 54: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

context, and the group of people who made these objects assigned a place in the less advanced stage of human

evolution.

Session 7D

RECOLLECTION AND RESISTANCE: CULTURE AND CINEMA

IN THE MARCOS AND POST-MARCOS ERAS

This panel explores the conflicted cultural legacy of the Marcos regime and its aftermath across a range of spheres:

from heritage tourism, cultural policy, and urban architecture to film archiving, international film festivals, and

auteurism. The range and diversity of cultural forms established and transformed by the conjugal dictatorship of

Ferdinand and Imelda Marcos (1965-1986) attests not only to their far-reaching instrumentalization of film, broadcast

media, tourism, and urban space, but also to the enduring legacy of the tactics of domination, resistance, and

remembrance that emerged both during and in the aftermath of the dictatorship. On the one hand, the thematic of

recollection underwrites all of the papers in this panel: Taltha Espiritu’s exploration of the commodification of cultural

heritage in the 1974 mass ceremony Kasaysayan Ng Lahi (History of the Race); Bliss Lim’s consideration of

institutionalized archival memory in the National Film Archive, first established in 1981; Rolando Tolentino’s

discussion of the memories surrounding the Manila Film Palace and the Manila International Film Festivals of 1982-

1983; and Patrick Campos’ analysis of the retrospective revaluation of art cinema auteur Mike de Leon, whose early

1980s films were read as a response to Martial Law. On the other hand, the motif of resistance is an area of shared

concern in the papers as well: while youth opposition in the First Quarter Storm was reified in Marcos era propaganda

cinema (Lim), logics resistance can be uncovered in performances of Philippine indigeneity (Espiritu); in the reflexive

critique of state surveillance (Tolentino); and in a reappraisal of nationalist film historiography (Campos).

Kasaysayan ng Lahi: Anticipating Creative Industries in Marcos’ New Society

Talitha Espiritu

Wheaton College, Norton, MA

Kasaysayan ng Lahi (History of the Race) was a 1974 mass ceremony staged by the Marcos regime to promote heritage

tourism in the Philippines. As a “tourist production,” Kasaysayan ng Lahi anticipated the turn to the “Creative

Industries” in Europe and North America in the 1990s. This cultural policy phenomenon has gained considerable

traction in various cities in the global South. At its core, Creative Industries discourse promotes a place-bound model

of development centered on incubating export opportunities around cultural festivals and tourism. However, recent

debates about this model of cultural policy have centered on how it exploits cultural labor: though it valorizes the artist

as an ideal laborer, it has yet to be proven that the Creative Industries produce desirable work, let alone good jobs.

This was no less true for Kasaysayan ng Lahi, which transformed indigenous communities into self-exploiting cultural

performers. This paper places critical analyses of human displays and heritage tourism in productive dialogue, and

examines the continuities and discontinuities between the 1974 staging of Kasaysayan ng Lahi by the Marcos regime

and contemporary debates about the Creative Industries. Against established views of human displays and heritage

tourism as either exploitative or socially empowering, this chapter examines how the performance of “native”

identities could serve the socially exploitative logics of the Creative Industries as well as lay the groundwork for the

enactment of indigeneity as a form of political resistance.

The Marcoses and the Archive

Felicidad “Bliss” Cua Lim

University of California Irvine

The conjugal dictatorship of Ferdinand and Imelda Marcos had an unprecedented appreciation for the power of film

and media. In the 1965 elections, the Marcoses cunningly wielded a range of media— print journalism, radio,

television, and a controversial propaganda film, Iginuhit ng Tadhana (1965)—to achieve Ferdinand’s first presidential

victory. Media raised the Marcoses to national power in 1965 but were also key to their ouster in the 1986 People

Power Revolt. In the intervening years, film and media were central to their monopolistic takeovers and their cultural

initiatives: from televised propaganda films broadcast on the eve of Martial Law (The Threat…Communism, The

Enemy from Within, and from a Season of Strife) to the creation of a tragically short-lived National Film Archive

Page 55: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

(NFAP), which lasted from 1981-1986. After the closure of the NFAP, the Philippines was without a state film archive

for 25 years, until a new NFAP was established in 2011. The first NFAP was entangled with other key cultural entities

and architectural undertakings, such as the Cultural Center of the Philippines (CCP), the National Media Production

Center (NMPC), the Experimental Cinema of the Philippines (ECP), the Manila Film Center, and, in the post-EDSA

years, the Philippine Information Agency (PIA). Despite its ephemerality, the pioneering Marcos-era film archive

bequeathed enduring problems for moving image archive advocates in the Philippines. What was the place of the film

and media archive in the cultural policy matrix of the Marcos regime? How was the archive articulated with the

aspirations, excesses, and abuses of the dictatorship? Ultimately, this paper seeks to explore the deeply ironic legacy

of key Marcos propaganda films as they intersect with the regime’s densely reticulated web of film policies and

cultural institutions.

The Manila Film Palace and International Film Festival (1982-83) and Other Cinema Memories

of the Marcoses

Rolando B. Tolentino

University of the Philippines Diliman

In this presentation, I discuss memories of the Manila Film Palace and the Manila Film Festival, primarily the first in

1982. I draw on two interviews with jury members of the first festival that allude to the surveillance and spectacle of

the Marcos regime. I use the Manila Film Palace as site of cinema, cultural politics and the transnationalism of the

Marcos regime, as well as its continuing transformation as an earthquake condemned zone in the 1990s and

rehabilitation into a transgender show, primarily catering to Korean tourists in the present. My insistence is that the

infrastructure for cinema of the Marcoses in the 1980s provided a compass to the continuing and enduring issue of

cinema and the state in the present. I will also use a television documentary on the Film Palace and contemporary

films that use the Film Palace as location of the diegesis of the films.

Locating Mike de Leon in Philippine Cinema

Patrick F. Campos

University of the Philippines Diliman

The paper draws on filmic, popular, and scholarly texts in order to trace how auteur Mike de Leon (MDL) has been

discursively defined from the time of his landmark arrival in Philippine cinema with Itim (1976) to his turn to radical

filmmaking with Signos (1983) and Sister Stella L. (1984), at the time of the Marcos regime, through his struggle to

make films sporadically during the presidencies of Corazon Aquino, Fidel Ramos, and Joseph Estrada, from 1987 to

1999. On the one hand, it locates the meaning of “Mike de Leon” as it has been critically regulated to politicize the

notion of “Philippine cinema” as a response to Martial Law. That is, the paper analyzes how critics, against the grain

of entertainment journalism, have located de Leon in the discourse of nation, at the same time as they limn the

supposed shape of Philippine cinema according to MDL’s reified location in it. On the other hand, the paper reflects

on the limitations of nationalist film historicizing by revaluating de Leon’s body of work in hindsight through the

frame of his last four films, Hindi Nahahati ang Langit (1985), Bilanggo sa Dilim (1987), Aliwan Paradise (1992),

and Bayaning 3rd World (1999), and reconfiguring the director’s relationship with Philippine history beyond the

signifiers that are Marcos and Martial Law.

Session 7E

WHO’S AFRAID OF REVOLUTION? CREATIVE TENSIONS IN CONTEMPORARY PHILIPPINE

POETRY, FICTION, THEATER, AND LITERARY TRANSLATION I

Skirting the Traps and Puzzles of History in Gina Apostol’s The Revolution According to Raymundo Mata

Jophen Baui

De La Salle University Manila

The presentation focuses on the postmodern qualities of Apostol’s work – multiple voices, ambivalences and

ambiguities – in retelling the 1898 Philippine Revolution to underscore the liberty it accords us in re-imagining history

Page 56: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

as exemplified both in history books and Philippine literature, and thus opening and posing challenges and possibilities

to the younger generations of writers and readers.

Is the Nation Still Imagined? The Re-Imagining of the Filipino in the Age of Facebook in

Joselito Delos Reyes' iStatus Nation

Adrian Crisostomo Ho

De La Salle University Manila

The late historian and theorist Benedict Anderson posits that the nation is a “socially constructed community, imagined

by the people who perceive themselves as part of that group” – that is, the members of a so-called “nation” simply

embrace a mental image of their kinship since they neither interact with nor know each other. However, in today’s

age of digital globalization, where people from within and outside of a particular community interact with each other

via social media, one cannot help but ask the question: Is the nation still imagined? This paper will attempt to answer

this question by examining the Filipino identity vis-à-vis an Andersonian reading of Joselito Delos Reyes’ iStatus

Nation

On Mounting the Mountains: Texts and Performances of Various Cordillera-based Theater Groups

Mario “Em” Mendez, Jr.

De La Salle University Manila/University of the Philippines Diliman

This paper examines how identities are negotiated in four theatrical performances of various Cordillera-based groups:

the resident university theater companies: Dulaang UP-Baguio of the University of the Philippines, Baguio’s ‘Sayaw

ng Panahon’ and Tanghalang-SLU of Saint Louis University’s ‘Power Plays,’ the Bontok municipality LGU organized

play ‘Tawid di Litagawa’, and the DKK-Tadek, an NGO produced dramatic performance inspired by Petra Macliing’s

fabled resistance. The subject of identity can be seen as a common thread that unites and at the same time contradicts

the aesthetic and political practice that these various groups demonstrate. The choice of texts used and the manner of

performances also reflect the philosophy and politics of a theater company, thus giving them identity/ies. The way

identities are negotiated in these performances serve as a vehicle in interrogating how context/s intervene and inform

a production onstage.

The Filipino Novelist's Imagination of Nation and Asian Community

Clarissa V. Militante

De La Salle University Manila

The paper raises the question: Beyond nation, how do Filipino novelists imagine communities in the archipelago as

well as in Asia, Southeast Asia in particular? How does he/she regard and construct time, space (geographies),

community, nationality, and the larger Southeast Asian community in fictional space, or does he/she even think of this

as a setting or inspiration for characters? Why not? It will interrogate the myth of unique Filipino identity that

supposedly binds us as nation but separates us from Asian community/ies, by using commonalities in socio-economic

and political conditions as examples. It will assert too that these commonalities should be elevated into shared

experiences through literature.

Session 8A

ENCYCLOPEDIA AND NATION II

In September 2016, the Cultural Center of the Philippines will launch the second, revised edition of the CCP

Encyclopedia of Philippine Art, referred to as EPA2. Begun in May 2013, the new EPA2 will have 12 volumes, two

more than the 1994 edition, namely : two volumes on the more than 55 ethnolinguistic groups of the Philippines,

discussing their various art forms in relation to their histories, political systems, economic systems, social

organizations, religious systems; two volumes on the literatures of the Philippines in all languages, traditions, and

forms; one volume each for Architecture, Visual Arts, Music, Dance, Theater, Film, and Broadcast Arts (the last a

Page 57: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

new volume); and a last volume for the index and references. Each of the art volumes is composed of historical essays

on the art form, its forms/genres/types, its aspects of production, its significant works, its artists and organizations,

and its timeline. Unlike the first edition in 1994 and the CD-Rom version in 1997, this new edition will have a digital

version in addition to a limited printed edition.

Using their experience in the editing, writing, and publishing of EPA2, these twin sequential panels composed of the

area and co-area editors will present a reflexive analysis of the aims, scope, and methodology that they followed or

observed in preparing this new edition, evaluating both the process and the product in relation to the larger goal of

nation-building through culture that the CCP is committed to. Fully conscious that the creation of a canon of art works

and the interpretation of the significance of these works within a chosen historical narrative are necessarily implicated

in politics and ideology, the editors will discuss how EPA2 imagined and defined the Philippines as a nation vis-à-vis

the continuing issues of ethnicity, religion, gender, class, race as well as colonization, globalization, and the diversity

of cultural traditions in Philippine history and society.

If only the Stones Could Speak: Architecture and a People’s Memory

Rene Javellana

Ateneo de Manila University

While an encyclopedia, which in our days of faster and ever-changing technologies, will necessarily be a work in

constant progress and can never aspire to be permanent and canonical, it can nonetheless establish a time-anchored

baseline upon which a more enlightened future can be raised. Although they are so visible, architectural structures

that appear to have no useful function or have deteriorated over time can easily fall under the onslaught of bulldozers,

backhoes, and wrecking crews determined to clear space for a “new development.” But with every demolition, unless

well-researched, thought through and carefully managed and executed, we may be destroying the memory of what

makes us distinct and unique in the community of cultures and nations. In the twenty-first century’s globalizing of

culture, much of what is unique to peoples and communities is in danger of being obliterated to express capitalist

monomania, where the bottom line is the bottom line. An encyclopedia that includes a volume on architecture

preserves what may be lost once the wrecking ball comes. It may be the last chance to save a memory.

Rethinking CW: The Philippine Literary Tradition and Creative Writing in the Academe

Om Narayan Velasco, University of the Philippines Los Baños

Glenn Diaz, Ateneo de Manila University

As an institutionalized practice, creative writing in the Philippines since EDSA has largely been associated with the

academe, through a close-knit network of academic programs, workshops, publication venues, and other cultural

institutions. This “academization” has perpetuated, in the case of English writing, a tendency to privilege foreign

models and influences, and, in the case of literature in the vernacular, Tagalog hegemony as representative of so-called

national literature. These were exacerbated by the onslaught of globalization in the 1990s, marked by unhindered

access to foreign ideas and uneven, Manila-centric development, respectively.

The literature volume of the CCP Encyclopedia of Philippine Art 2, in its attempt to trace the country’s distinct but

also overlapping literary traditions, seeks to address the limitations of this model. Literary texts like oral and folk

literature are accorded their due space, and regional literatures, as embodiment of the national experience in their own

right. This paper will show how this encyclopedia maps the history of Philippine literature, specifically in fiction and

poetry, which will hopefully help ground and broaden the perspectives of the Filipino writer.

Art on the Airwaves: Forging a Nation of the Everyday

Elizabeth L. Enriquez

University of the Philippines Diliman

The Cultural Center of the Philippines is perhaps the only institution promoting and nurturing Filipino culture and the

arts that has had the foresight and conviction to name and recognize broadcasting as art – in spite of the rather common

dismissal of radio and television as nothing more than shallow media of entertainment that serve to dumb down their

Page 58: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

listeners and viewers, and in the process serve less than principled political and economic ends. Today there are

several organizations, in addition to associations of media practitioners, like religious groups, civic organizations, and

schools, that give awards to those adjudged as outstanding broadcasters, programs, and broadcast stations, recognizing

the power of the media to shape public consciousness, if not their value as cultural expressions.

In 1994, the CCP put out the first edition of its Encyclopedia of Philippine Art. The second edition, which is being

launched this year, includes a volume on broadcasting, so far the most public recognition of broadcast as an art form.

The new edition has the courage to remove the traditional distinction between the so-called “high art” and “low art,”

a dichotomy which places broadcasting in the latter category. While recording, examining, and celebrating all artistic

and cultural expressions of the Filipino today, the 12-volume work ignores the high art-low art binary. But

broadcasting is indeed different in several ways: It escapes or deviates from conventional views of art; its function

and effect are in the everyday rhythms of our social, political, and economic lives. Yet it is precisely these qualities

that enable broadcasting to provide a common cultural experience among diverse and dispersed Filipinos and thereby

contribute to the forging of a nation.

On Writing Manobolandia for the CCP Encyclopedia of Art 2: Cultural Work and Transformation through

Critical Scholarship and the Peoples’ Movement

Louise Jashil Sonido

University of the Philippines Diliman

In narrativizing the nation’s history, many indigenous groups are silenced, excluded, or reduced to historical footnotes,

as if they continue to signify an inaccessible past that has nothing to do with the continuing struggles of the nation and

nation-formation.

The work of updating the first two volumes of the CCP Encyclopedia of Philippine Art on the Peoples of the

Philippines, while first and foremost an intellectual and academic endeavor, yields inevitably to a political and

ideologically transformative process: looking for indigenous researchers involved in current academic life, looking

for new expressions of thought in indigenous oral narratives, looking for the changes in indigenous ways of life and

their dynamic political situations – in effect, looking for the nation and the ways that life in it has been lived through

the narratives of the indigenous people. In my case, this process has been as deeply personal as it has been political as

I, a settler in Mindanao, have had to confront the histories of the people whom strategic resettlement, as a form of

internal colonization, has historically displaced, oppressed, and silenced. This level of engagement—from the view of

an outsider wrestling with a sudden and particular kind of intimacy with the indigenous—opens up new ways in which

the nation, scholarship, and even citizenship can be imagined.

Session 8B

ON THE ARCHIPELAGIC PERSPECTIVE

This panel aims to explore Philippine and diasporic Filipino arts, pop culture, and media in relation to an “archipelagic

perspective.” As defined by UP professors Merlin Magallona and Jay Batongbacal in their collection Archipelagic

Studies: Charting New Waters, this perspective takes into account the geographical realities of the Philippines as a

nation “fragmented into more than 7,000 islands. Separated and surrounded by about 2.2 million square kilometers of

waters, the islands are rounded by coastlines 17,640 kilometers long.” Such realities are continually overlooked by

the “Procrustean framework of an externally-sourced paradigm,” namely that of continent-based notions of

nationalism as well as transnationalism. This panel investigates the roots and routes of Pinoy pop culture, film/media,

and television, taking seriously the ways that Filipino artists/media makers and their practices, at home and in the

diaspora, help us to remember and re-imagine the Philippine nation, based upon its geographical location and physical

properties, as a tropical place and an archipelago.

Markets of Resistance

Angel Velasco Shaw

Philippine Women’s University

Page 59: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

The Philippine highland city of Baguio developed from the U.S. government’s obsession to build a “Little America”

in the midst of the Philippine-American War. Confiscating thousands of hectares of tribal lands and displacing rightful

owners over a 30-year period, the Americans built Baguio and made it a flourishing city that housed a crucial military

outpost, served as a lush U.S. playground, and secured its place as a national tourist destination. Representative of

Cordillera, ethnic indigenous cultural identities and commerce, Baguio’s markets are the mainstay of its local

communities. These market stalls are not merely filled with staple foods or souvenirs that reduce indigenous culture

to culturally bankrupt objects. They are also where locals congregate, gossip, and keep oral traditions alive; buy and

trade the latest trends and relief goods. They represent a waning cultural tradition and signify resistance to greedy

supermarket chains and mall developers.

I will present my work Markets of Resistance (MoR), a multi-disciplinary art/cultural project and collaboration

between the students and faculty at Philippine Women's University (PWU) and Ax(iS) Art Project, a Baguio-based

collective of indigenous and non-indigenous traditional and contemporary artists, scholars, poets, and community

workers. Philippine nation-building endeavors often do not include a critical analysis of its postcolonial and

multicultural status. This exclusion is a result of two distinct colonial rulers’ suppression of Filipino indigenous and

ethnic indigenous cultures and their subsequent internalized belief that they are unimportant or inferior. MoR worked

against such profound erasure of local histories and cultures, instead shedding light on how both these, in fact, continue

to impact the Philippine nation.

"I've never Been to Me": Simultaneous Proximities and the Geography of Self in Ramona Diaz's

The Learning

Allan Punzalan Isaac

The State University of New Jersey, Rutgers

Since the first Thomasites arrived on Philippine shores in 1901, the early 21st century has witnessed the bodily tides

turn as Filipinos become global educators recruited by American cities to be science, math, and special education

teachers. Ramona Diaz’s The Learning documents how four Filipinas from across the Philippine archipelago, recruited

to Baltimore’s struggling and de facto racially segregated public schools, negotiate their racial place in the US

black/white binary as well as their filial duties to their families back in the Philippines as export migrants. When an

army of foreign, racially distinct, laborers from a former colony are recruited to resolve the inequities of race and class

in the United States, what transformations take place in these new proximities of subjects brought about by neoliberal

state policies to resolve both race and global economic contradictions of capital?

The archipelagic form and lens make visible the gaps and contours in between entities as sites of negotiations and new

relations. As Eve Sedgwick notes in Touching Feeling, “what is crucial to queer relationality is not only the act of

comparison, but a critical examination of the space ‘in between,’ which is not a space separating discrete categories,

bodies, or languages, but binds, transforms, and translates them quite queerly. How might an emphasis on relationality

demonstrate, in new ways, the multiplicity of inflections and intersections between gender, sexuality, race, ethnicity,

national and religious affiliation, and disability?” Thus, this paper looks at these economically enforced proximities

to explore a geography of self-embodying multiple spaces and life trajectories, thus queering relations and definitions

of family, nation, and “realities.”

Teleserye Realness: Global Mediascapes and Queer Filipino/a Lives

Robert Diaz

OCAD (Ontario College of Art & Design) University

Toronto, Canada

This paper examines the historical significance of the teleserye – a local form of television soap opera – as a medium

from which Filipino/a LGBTQ experiences enter diasporic and global consciousness. Since the release of My

Husband’s Lover in 2013, other teleseryes have attempted to mimic its success by focusing on queer concerns – [from

the dilemmas of elite lesbians dealing with their demanding parents in The Rich Man’s Daughter, to the dreams of a

beki child of becoming a boxing champion in Beki Boxer, to the struggles of an underprivileged transgender woman

with her transition in Destiny Rose.] Rather than see such inclusion as automatically liberatory, this paper instead

Page 60: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

tracks how the teleserye exposes the political limits and possibilities of rendering queer Filipino/a lives via the

televisual medium. Such an inclusion, I argue, both re-articulates and subtends normalized class, gender, and sexual

identities in an age of neoliberal subject formation. With its increased viral presence as new media, the teleserye also

connects diasporic Filipinos/as, acting as conduit for nationalist sentiments and ideals. This paper thus focuses on the

queer teleserye in order to expand the archives currently studied within Filipino Studies, moving beyond ethnographic,

literary, and filmic genres.

On Tour: Pinoy Indie Rock Itineraries

Christine Bacareza Balance

University of California Irvine

In 2011, a group of Manila-based indie bands and DJs embarked on their first ever Excursion Tour. Pedicab frontman

Diego Mapa organized the show in collaboration with Baguio-based musician, Jethro Sandico. As part of a network

of musicians and bands within the Manila indie rock scene, Mapa called upon his band friends to participate in the

DIY gig. Agreeing to simply split the “gate share” [earnings at the door] and pay for their own travel and housing

expenses that weekend, the musical acts such as Bagetsafonik, Taken by Cars, Pedicab, Gaijin, and DJ Mon, along

with their family and friends, made the six-hour trip “up the mountain” to the City of Pines. Since then, Mapa and

friends have replicated the Excursion Tour model in two other Philippine cities, Davao and Cebu. Each time, and

without corporate sponsorship, they collaborated with local musicians in order to benefit from their knowledge of

local venues and audiences as well as to showcase local bands as their opening acts.

In their willingness to shift location and focus from the metropolis of Manila to other Philippine cities, these Excursion

Tours help us further understand the truly archipelagic nature of the Philippine Islands. This paper disobediently listens

to simple notions of cultural imperialism and musical authenticity by listening in on the tropical renditions of these

Excursion Tours and other artist-initiated/DIY tours of Pinoy indie rock’s musicians. By examining the alternative

and extra-national circuits that Pinoy indie rock constructs as well as circulates, this paper is an expansive reflection

upon the interventions and potential of an archipelagic perspective for Filipino popular music studies.

Session 8C

MOBILITIES AND MOVEMENTS: RE-IMAGINING PHILIPPINE QUEER FUTURE

This panel finds its focus in movements and mobilities. By this, we refer to the ways ideas and concepts travel around

the globe as they rub against objects, people, and institutions leaving traces that generate new possibilities. We take

up these notions of movements through spaces and social mobilities as they pertain to Filipina/o sexual minorities.

Contemporary identities from around the globe find anchors in movements and communities in the Philippines.

Whether generating a universal sense of struggle for equality or a shared consumer logic of market capitalism,

movement limits and inspires possibilities. Additionally, social and geographical mobilities develop through unequal

interconnections. These frictional interactions can lead to new arrangements of culture and power (Tsing 2005).

Inspired by this year’s call to re-imagine communities, scholarship, and citizenship, we take this proposition quite

literally to consider how trans/national frames move through the Philippines as they facilitate circuits of movement

and exchange that have long characterized the experiences of Filipina/os throughout their diasporas. We ask: to what

extent do Philippine sexual minorities construct movements that complicate what we know about Filipina/o as a

modernized social formation? How does a study of communities on the move thus challenge the already complex

taxonomies of sexual identities that count as forms of Filipina/o citizenship? If recent scholarship on Filipina/o sexual

minorities calls for the inevitable death and haunting of local ways of identification, how might we re-imagine the

living communities on the move? John Andrew G. Evangelista explores meanings associated with the practice of

“Pride in Metro Manila” and the different social conditions shaping these meanings that unravel the bounds of

Filipina/o citizenship. Paul Michael Leonardo Atienza provides ethnographic vignettes from preliminary fieldwork on

gay dating app users in greater Metropolitan Manila that destabilize the encroachment of a global LGBT hegemony

around the world. Bernadette Villanueva Neri examines early childhood education as a space of possibility in the

dissemination of topics pertaining to gender and sexuality. Roland Sintos Coloma tracks how LGBT advocacy in the

Philippines seems to be lagging behind, moving ahead of, and going beyond queer social movements and results in

the global North.

Page 61: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

From Invisibility to Invincibility: Gaining Sexual Citizenship through Pride March

John Andrew G. Evangelista

University of the Philippines, Diliman

Celebrated in major cities around the world, Pride March has spread throughout the globe both as an idea and as a

movement strategy. As an idea, Pride carries the constructed memory of the famous Stonewall Riot. The famous 1969

Riot has been dubbed as the most meaningful historical game changer in modern LGBT activism. As a strategy, Pride

is believed to have solidified the stature of public demonstration as one of the most useful tools in making LGBT

advocacies visible. These western meanings associated with Pride are negotiated and appropriated in LGBT

movements in Global South nations. As the idea and strategy of Pride spread across these nations, new meanings are

constructed and associated with the march reflecting exigencies local and unique to various localities. Using data

collected through interviews with local movement leaders and volunteers, this paper seeks to explore meanings

associated with the practice of Pride in Metro Manila and the different social conditions shaping these meanings. I

situate these meaning-makings within current notions of Filipino/a citizenship. Citizenship becomes a major point of

contestation to which the local practice and meaning-making of Pride are both directed. My assertion will unveil how

various meanings associated with the Metro Manila Pride March seek to reveal the exclusionary notions of Filipino/a

citizenship and to broaden what it means to be Filipino/a citizens. By broadening notions of citizenship and revealing

their exclusionary character, Pride March makes sexual minorities in the Philippines visible as citizens not just in the

realm of culture but also in the realm of a politicized civil society.

Intimacies and Horizons on the Move: Gay Dating App Ecologies in Translocal Manila

Paul Michael Leonardo Atienza

University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

Feminist anthropologist of science and technology Lucy Suchman argues that humans and machines re/configure each

other through negotiations in their everyday interactions. This frictional relationship (Tsing 2005) is intertwined with

a relational system fraught with unequal ebbs and flows within sociotechnical infrastructures. Sociotechnical

infrastructures refer to the entanglements between hardware, bodies, and affect used in the meaning-making and

translation of im/materialities within the shared ecologies. This paper explores socio-technical infrastructures that

scaffold Filipino users of gay dating apps. I argue that these users circumvent normative social scripts and hierarchies

of class, sexuality, and gender as they try to establish connections and intimacies on gay dating apps. Mobile digital

devices are a staple in the Philippines for people to connect with each other due to poor telephone landline

infrastructures (Perterria 2005). As such, Filipina/os have become tech savvy. This multi-sited project looks at the

self-fashioning and communicative experiences of gay dating app users in the greater Metropolitan Manila region.

Reflecting on preliminary ethnographic research conducted over the summer of 2015, this presentation will provide a

sketch of complex and overlapping new media ecologies that highlight gay Manila’s hopes, desires, and aspirations

for homosocial bonds. New media technologies are portals of exchange between the Philippines and the world that

shrink time and space as they simultaneously create new distances among previously linked imaginary entities. This

work adds to a growing body of literature that tracks emerging sexual and gender identities that contest a homogenous

global LGBT hegemony.

Batang Makulit, Mapagpalayang Bulilit: Integrating Gender Sensitivity and Responsiveness in Kindergarten

Bernadette Villanueva Neri

University of the Philippines, Diliman

Under Republic Act 10157, kindergarten serves as a “transition stage from informal literacy to the formal literacy in

schools.” It also becomes a venue for the intersection of various concepts and ideas introduced in the students’

families, which are then either reinforced or rejected by the educational institution. Since children in this stage are still

in their formative years, when “self-esteem, vision of the world, and moral foundations are established” (Department

of Education 2012), it is highly important to study the content of the kindergarten curriculum to make sure that the

design really prepares kindergarteners not only for formal education but also for the realities of their community. Early

childhood education then becomes a rich ground to introduce and discuss matters that are not usually tackled in the

former basic education system such as issues on gender and sexuality.

Page 62: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

This is a preliminary study on the integration of gender sensitivity and responsiveness in kindergarten curriculum

and pedagogy.

On Cruel Optimism of LGBT Organizing

Roland Sintos Coloma

Miami University, Ohio

This paper investigates three case studies of LGBT activism in the Philippines within the past decade: (1) the

legislative advocacy for a federal non-discrimination law built on a coalition among sexual minorities, people with

disabilities, indigenous communities, and elderly citizens; (2) the electoral campaign to elect self-identified and out

LGBT politicians in Congress; and (3) the street and media activism to redress the murder of transgender Jennifer

Laude at the hands of a US soldier. These case studies provide significant insights into the educational and political

strategies that work alongside with, yet also go beyond, the anti-normative drive in the queer global North. Employing

the temporal categories of “behind time,” “ahead of time,” and “beyond time,” the paper tracks how LGBT advocacy

in the Philippines seems to be lagging behind, moving ahead of, and going beyond queer social movements and results

in the global North. It points to the lack of anti-discrimination laws, same-sex marriage, and sexuality education in the

Philippines. Yet it directs attention to the ways in which Filipino LGBT advocacy refuses the so-called universal terms

of queer activism and progress by linking sexual oppression and violence to postcolonial legacies, military geopolitics,

and uneven international relations. By refusing time frames that measure queer progress, the paper extends queer

theory without anti-normativity by drawing attention to the gaps and silences in queer studies in the global North and

by putting at the center LGBT politics and pedagogies in the global South and in the Philippines in particular.

Session 8D

TRANSPORTATION MODES, INFRASTRUCTURE, AND PLANS: A HISTORY OF

TRANSPORTATION AND URBANIZATION IN METROPOLITAN MANILA FROM THE

JAPANESE PERIOD TO THE MARCOS ERA

Transportation modes and infrastructure, particularly those who move people and goods in large numbers, are

commonly planned, constructed, and managed in urbanized environments. This proposed panel seeks to present four

papers that are part of a larger study being pursued by the Third World Studies Center, National Center for

Transportation Studies, and the Department of Geography of the University of the Philippines on the history of mass

transit in Metropolitan Manila from 1879 to the present. One of the papers in this proposed panel narrates the history

of the management and eventual decline of a particular mass transit mode in Manila – the Meralco tranvia or street

car - during the Japanese period. Two other studies, on the other hand, discuss the positions and policies that were

developed by planners and development experts from different government and private institutions with respect to

road and rail-based infrastructure particularly during the 1970s and 1980s. All of these histories on transportation and

plans have portions or the whole extent of an ever-expanding Metropolitan Manila as its management and planning

area. As such, the final paper of this panel examines the ever-changing territorial extent of what was considered the

Metropolitan Manila Area during the Marcos era. It is hoped that these papers would encourage historians,

geographers, and urban/land use planners to consider the history of urbanization as well as transportation planning

and management as potential research topics in their future academic work.

Manila’s Tranvía during the Japanese Occupation: Decay and Death

Ricardo Trota Jose

Department of History

Meralco’s tranvía had become a fixture in pre-war Manila’s public transportation network. When the Japanese took

over Manila, they seized control of the tranvía. Initially, it ran as it did during the pre-war days, except with less

frequency. Without spare parts and poor maintenance stemming from mismanagement and lack of know-how by the

Japanese management, the tranvía made fewer and fewer runs. It fell into decay and by late 1944 was seized entirely

Page 63: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

by the Japanese military for its exclusive use. The network was destroyed during the Battle of Manila in February

1945. This paper shall detail how the tranvía died the death it did, utilizing Filipino as well as Japanese sources.

Ang Magkaribal: A History of Road versus Rail in Metropolitan Manila, 1957- 1985

Gerard L. Daguio

University of the Philippines Diliman

Traffic congestion in Metro Manila has been the object of policy and planning intervention since the 1960s. By the

1970s, the proposed infrastructure solutions to the region's emerging transport woes were on whether to increase and

improve the quantity and capacity of the road systems or to develop a mass transit system based on rail transport. Most

planners and development experts then advocated roads as gleaned from documents and plans by private or

government institutions. Justifications were provided for the construction of more roads and little attention was given

to train transport or the development of a rail-based mass transit system. Over time, reports and planning documents

reflected the steady decline and neglect in the management and maintenance of the government-owned Philippine

National Railways, which included the Metro Manila-based commuter services. With the use of historical documents,

transportation materials, and planning blueprints, this study seeks to shed light on the debate between the two modes

of transportation infrastructure and contributes to addressing the current gaps in planning history literature.

A History of What Might Have Been: Mapping Unimplemented Mass Transit Plans for Metro Manila

using Geographic Information Systems

Johnson C. Damian

University of the Philippines Diliman

The daily predicament of heavy traffic in Metro Manila has resulted in the notion that the region’s mass transit system

is poorly planned. However, transport documents from the 1970s reveal that this is not entirely true. Numerous plans

for the railway system – which are notably different from the rail transit lines that we have today – were drafted in

anticipation of the Metro’s ballooning population, economic advancement, and traffic demand, but these were not

carried out. The question that remains to be addressed is whether these aborted plans could have serviced the

commuters more effectively than the existing infrastructure.

Using a Geographic Information System (GIS), the unimplemented mass transit plans for Metro Manila are

reconstructed in maps. A digital geo-database is created by compiling and processing information from historical texts,

blueprints, satellite imagery, and transport plans created by the Department of Public Works, Transportation, and

Communications (DPWTC) and the Overseas Technical Cooperation Agency of Japan (OTCA). Thus, the

discontinued plans and the actual transit system can be analyzed side-by-side and be overlaid with the environment

and demography of Metro Manila from the 1970s to the present. The study seeks to enrich the discourse on urban

transport planning by using historical GIS to posit ideas and considerations for future mass transit projects in the

country.

The Matriyoshka Settlement: A Historical Geography of the Evolving Definitions of Metropolitan Manila

during the Marcos Era

Marco Stefan B. Lagman

University of the Philippines Diliman

For the past four decades, it has become natural for Filipinos to perceive Metropolitan Manila as an agglomeration of

17 settlements all of which, save for one, have attained the status of highly urbanized city. While this particular

geographic definition of Metro Manila has become part of popular consciousness, many have a very faint idea of its

history as a planning and administrative creation. Using studies from the education, marketing and economics

disciplines, urban and transport planning documents and studies during the 1960s to the early part of the 1980s, and

geographic information systems knowledge, this paper seeks to provide a history of how Manila and its surrounding

towns eventually came to be perceived as a metropolitan region that became the object of research, policy-making,

planning, and administration by the state and other institutions. This study also aims to emphasize that the Metro

Manila that we know today underwent several iterations as planners and policy-makers seemingly employed several

Commented [DP4]: delete

Page 64: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

criteria such as urbanization, land use, population, and even car registration and traffic congestion as the bases for

which to include in the metropolitan region. By rendering these into Geographic Information Systems-based maps,

the multiple versions of the Metropolitan Manila Area over the years could be best understood, appreciated, and

imagined in visual format. Moreover, as Metro Manila was being defined, an even larger area called the Manila Bay

Metropolitan Region that included the former was being proposed by the authorities as a means for further directing

growth and development of the largest cluster of rapidly urbanizing settlements in the country during the 1970s. It is

hoped that this historical-geographical study will add to the literature in the areas of Philippine history, urban planning,

and geography.

Session 8E

WHO’S AFRAID OF REVOLUTION? CREATIVE TENSIONS IN

CONTEMPORARY PHILIPPINE POETRY, FICTION, THEATER, AND

LITERARY TRANSLATION II

Creative Tensions in Literary Translation: The Case of Magdalena G. Jalandoni’s Short Story “Si Anabella”

from Hiligaynon to Filipino

Genevieve L. Asenjo

De La Salle University Manila

This paper argues that the translation by Corazon Villareal of the Hiligaynon short story “Si Anabella” (1936-1938)

by the famed Hiligaynon writer Magdalena G. Jalandoni (1891-1978) into what she calls as Hiliganized Filipino in

her book Translating the Sugilanon: Reframing the Sign (UP Press, 1994) produced “creative tensions” in recent

Philippine literary history, specifically regarding West Visayan literature, as exemplified by the scholarship and

literary criticism of Isidoro M. Cruz, “Translating Colonial Discourse: Jalandoni’s “Si Anabella” in Filipino” in his

book Cultural Fictions: Narratives on Philippine Popular Culture, Politics, and Literature (University of San Agustin

Press, 2004), and Rosario Cruz-Lucero’s “Paano Basahin “Si Anabella” ni Magdalena Jalandoni” in her book Ang

Bayan Sa Labas ng Maynila/The Nation Beyond Manila (Ateneo de Manila University Press, 2007). The paper

concludes that whether in original Hiligaynon or in Filipino translation, Jalandoni’s “Si Anabella” exposes our

enduring colonial discourse in both content and form, that is, our “slave consciousness,” and is thus a perfect

pedagogical tool in our postcolonial project to be emancipated individuals and country.

Creative Tensions: Pursuing Justice for Indigenous Communities in Contemporary Visayan and

Mindanawon Literature

Kei Valmoria Bughaw

De La Salle University Manila

This paper presents selected works of contemporary writers from southern Philippines that tackle the theme of

marginalization and exploitation of indigenous groups, particularly relating to large-scale commercial mining,

unsustainable agriculture because of monocrop plantations, and incursion of the military and company-paid

mercenaries into lumad lands. Subsequently, it puts forward alternatives that might enable resolution of the creative

tensions and result in knowledge production and dissemination to a wider section of Filipino society

Democratizing Literature through the Archipelagic Landscape as Seen/Imagined in Philippine Ecopoetry

Rina Garcia Chua

University of Santo Tomas

This paper discusses selected contemporary ecopoetry from the upcoming anthology, Sustaining the Archipelago

(UST Publishing House) and interrogates how these poems are defining and redefining the concept of an “archipelago”

in local literature. Here, our archipelagic landscape will be mapped out through the ecopoems and thus will be used

in the attempt to answer the following questions: First, how does ecopoetry erase the boundaries between/among

communities to form a unified literary ecosystem? Second, how does laying out the model for “archipelagic poetry”

foster inclusivity within the literary academe and those outside of it? Third and most importantly, what can living in

Page 65: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

an archipelago teach the world through its ecopoetry? In doing so, ecopoetry concretely contributes to democratizing

literature not only for human beings, but for all species here and everywhere else.

Creative Tensions: National Consciousness and Hybridity in Cirilo F. Bautista’s Trilogy of St. Lazarus

Joyce Roque

De La Salle University Manila

This paper explores the productive tension between an inherited culture and an imposed one as seen in National Artist

for Literature Cirilo F. Bautista's epic poem, Trilogy of St Lazarus. The paper argues that the poet, working in a

postcolonial setting, reimagines national memory by subverting hegemony through hybridization and, in the process,

makes the re-telling of it new again, even infusing it with hope. In the process, the poet creates a broader cultural and

critical vision that recasts national history and consciousness.

Session 8F

SOMETHING’S COOKING AT THE PHILIPPINE FRONTIER:

THE TRANS-REGIONAL ECONOMIES OF MINDANAO

Mindanao, especially Muslim Mindanao, is portrayed in the national historical narrative in largely negative terms. It

is the dark frontier where political order is virtually non-existent, thanks in part to a permanent state of war between

different social forces and the national state, and where political power is in the hands of vicious warlords, bosses, and

political clans. In the eyes of the state’s national development planners, Mindanao’s economy remains highly suspect:

indeed it has a robust export crop sector, but adjoining and sometimes overlapping it is a resilient network based

mainly in the war zones that produces and trades in illicit commodities. To write about Mindanao’s political and

economic history therefore is a fraught venture with little likelihood of success. This panel argues the opposite.

Focusing on Mindanao’s economy, the papers will show that a lateral broadening of one’s academic lens will reveal

a remarkable stable legitimate island economy that has been linked and continues to maintain ties with the maritime

Southeast Asian “regional” economy. Within the island’s war zone economy, the illicit sector does not always

dominate; in fact, in certain places it co-exists with “lawful” economic activities and often serves the latter.

Re-Imagining Imperial Space: Mindanao, the Dutch East Indies and the Trans-Regional Life of American

Empire

Joshua Gedacht

Universiti Brunei Darussalam

On March 11, 1906, Lieutenant Arthur Poillon, an American official serving in the colonial Moroland Government,

departed from Zamboanga and arrived in Manado on the Dutch-controlled island of Sulawesi. Once in the Netherlands

East Indies, Lt. Poillon prepared two separate reports: one on the civil government of Sulawesi (Celebes) and one on

the military of the Netherlands East Indies. Although ostensibly about colonial governance and military strategy, both

of these reports in fact devoted much of their analysis to various business ventures, trading relations, and infrastructure

projects. What interested Lt. Poillon the most about these initiatives was not how they confined, contained, or limited

the peoples of Sulawesi within imagined colonial boundaries. Instead, Poillon commented extensively on how locals

maintained connections with Java, the Philippines, Singapore, and even farther afield to China, Arabia, India, and

Europe. Military action and colonial government, according to Poillon, thus played a key role in constituting and

reinvigorating trans-regional connections.

This paper will examine Lt. Poillon’s Zamboanga to Manado journey as an example of what Tim Harper and Sunil

Amrith referred to as “changing geographical imaginations and the fluidity of borders and boundaries across Asia.”

(Harper and Amrith, 2012). Throughout his travels, Lt. Poillon imagined the Mindanao frontier as an integral part of

a wider region that extended far beyond the Philippines and was tied together by commerce and culture, roads, boats,

and infrastructure. This paper will argue that American officials like Lt. Poillon did not only hope to compare Sulawesi

with Mindanao as a means to learn strategies of pacification or to harden boundaries. Instead, some officials also

sought to harness, amplify, and re-direct trans-regional connections, to enhance prosperity and colonial power by

Page 66: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

lodging it within the circuits of the wider region. In sum, this paper will demonstrate that understanding border-

formation and colonialism in Mindanao requires new spatial imaginaries that can move past the American-Philippine

dyad.

'Cosmopolitan Fish': Science, Commerce, and the Transregional Nature of Mindanao's Waters, 1880-1952

Anthony D. Medrano

University of Wisconsin-Madison

In the late colonial and early national periods, Southeast Asia’s marine environment became a site of growing

importance for scientific study and industrial exploitation. Driving the expansion of sea research and fisheries work

was the need to link a perceived abundance of fish to the region’s widening cities and evolving frontiers. By 1950,

technocratic planners were championing “cosmopolitan fish” as the principal solution to the problems of national

development and economic recovery in the postwar Philippines (Avery 1950). And yet, despite the central role of the

sea and its resources in building up colonial societies and postcolonial nations, historians have generally framed this

definitive era of transition around shifts in land use and conflicts in social relations, obscuring how these catalytic

changes in nature, society, and politics were anchored in the ocean’s ecology.

Heeding this gap, my paper explores the ebb and flow of scientists, fishers, fishes, and institutions, and how the

confluence of these movements transformed the purpose of Mindanao’s waters in the period between 1880 and 1950.

Drawing on archival research conducted in Manila, College Park, and Palo Alto, it examines collections made by

Spanish ichthyologists in the late nineteenth century, records of the Philippine Division of Fisheries in the early

decades of American rule, and the writings of Filipino scientists from 1920 to 1950. By mapping how the marine

frontiers of Mindanao became hotspots for their fishery horizons and biological diversity, the essay surfaces not only

a new grammar for thinking about the social and environmental history of Philippine waters, but it provides as well a

new vocabulary for analyzing the ways in which transregional networks interacted and intersected to repurpose the

ocean’s “cosmopolitan fish” for science, commerce, empire, and nation.

Beyond violence and poverty: A thriving Maranao upland farming community

Magne Knudsen

Universiti Brunei Darussalam

Much agrarian political economy and social history literature on Mindanao demonstrates how Christian and Muslim

elites in collaboration with external parties have ‘plundered’ the island of its resources. Through discriminatory land

laws and policies, combined with patronage and repression, governing elites have undermined particularly non-elite

Moro and Lumad families’ ability to access land and improve livelihoods. This paper examines livelihoods and land

tenure in a Maranao upland village of Northern Mindanao which does not fit neatly with this master narrative. While

it would be possible to show that such phenomena as illegal logging, land grabbing, family feuds, and insurgency are

features of the local political economy also here, the paper focuses instead on how small-scale farmers have gained

access to land and developed their livelihoods. Through clearing of lands and planting of crops, dwelling, upland-

lowland trade, kinship, marriage and other mostly customary and unspectacular means, it shows how upland farmers

have developed a robust mixed swidden and fixed field agricultural community over the course of four generations.

Although the status of their land ownership claims and some of their livelihood activities are contested from time to

time, illustrating the fluid distinction between ‘legitimate’ and ‘illegitimate’ economies in this part of the world, many

households have been able to gradually diversify and strengthen their livelihood base and trading activities, entering

into the mainstream of the economy, not unlike relatively successful farmers on agricultural frontiers elsewhere in the

Philippines and the wider region.

Page 67: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Summiting Mountains, Collecting Specimens: The Scientific Expeditions of Major Edgar Mearns in

Mindanao

Ruel Pagunsan

National University of Singapore

Edgar Alexander Mearns arrived in the Philippines in 1903 to serve as the chief surgeon of the U.S. Army in Mindanao.

During his five-year tenure in the archipelago, he organized and headed scientific expeditions aimed at gathering

information “that may contribute to a better knowledge of the islands and its inhabitants.” Mearns particularly targeted

the highlands, including Mt. Apo, hoping to discover new species of plants and animals. As Mearns explored the

uplands and forests of Mindanao, he encountered “tribal” communities that were also subjected to his “scientific”

investigations. This paper interrogates Mearns expeditions in the context of imperial hunting and accumulation of

objects and knowledge about the Philippines in the early period of U.S. colonial regime. It looks at the scientific

institutions – from the Smithsonian Institution in the metropole to the Bureaus of Science and Forestry in the colony

– that aided and benefited from the collecting expeditions. Using the field journals of Mearns, the paper examines

Mindanao, to borrow from Mary Louis Pratt, as contact zone where its mountains and the interiors become not only

targets of military occupation but also sites of tension between science and local views.

Session 9A

KNOWLEDGE/POWER IN COLONIAL PHILIPPINES

Medicine and Medical Practice in the Philippines in the Late Nineteenth Century

Yoshihiro Chiba

Health Sciences University of Hokkaido

This paper discusses the transformation of both administrative institutions and medical professions of Spanish

Philippines in the late nineteenth century as influenced by the Catholic Church, the global circulating current of

Spanish physicians, the emergence of Filipino physicians, and medical practices.

In the late nineteenth century, the Superior Commission of Sanitation of the Philippines, the Central Committee of

Vaccine, the Office of Marine Quarantine and the Medicos Titulares were administratively integrated. Simultaneously,

medicine and welfare were connected in governmental services. Free medical services were provided for the poor in

Manila and its suburbs. Such medical services were launched in the Spanish empire which had been previously

dependent upon the Catholic Church.

Those medical officers were employed, to whom the Spanish had given priority. At the same time, Filipino physicians

who obtained the medical license from the University of Santo Tomas increased up to the 1890s. Public pharmacists

and vaccinators also studied at the University of Santo Tomas. After the Philippine Revolution in 1896, some Spanish

physicians asked to resign from their posts and returned to Spain.

The physicians dealt with infectious diseases, based on the proper use of the miasma theory and bacteriology.

Regarding cholera, they stressed prevention and disinfection, and a purgative was given in cases of abdominal pains

and diarrhea. Their medical practices were mainly given in patients’ home, and depended on native medicine.

“Subversiva de Todos los Principios Religiosos y Politicos” - Ilang Tala mula sa mga Pulong ng Comision

Permanente de Censura (1866-1875)

Florentino A. Iniego, Jr.

University of the Philippines Diliman

Sa pangkalahatan, hindi mapagkakailang kinitil ng Espanya ang kalayaan sa pamamahayag at pinigil ang paglaganap

ng mga liberal na ideya sa Pilipinas mula 1565 hanggang sa pagbagsak ng kapangyarihan nito noong 1898.

Page 68: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Ayon nga sa obserbasyon ng isang bisitang mangangalakal na Amerikano noong 1796, “Lubos na makapangyarihan

dito ang mga prayle…ipinagbabawal ang importasyon ng mga akdang labag sa kanilang relihiyon. Hinahalughog ng

komandante ang mga barko, at kinikilatis ang bawat sasakyang pandagat.”

Partikular na tatalakayin ng papel na ito ang saklaw at lawak ng panunupil sa kalayaan ng pamahayag at pagsensura

sa mga liberal na publikasyon sa Pilipinas sa ilalim ng Comision Permanente de Censura (1866-1875). Ang Comision

na itinatag noong 07 Oktubre 1856 ay binubuo isang Pangulo – ang Piskal ng Audiencia Real, apat na laigo-miyembro

na itinalaga ng Sentral na Pamahalaan, apat na kinatawan ng simbahan na pinili ng Arsobispo, at isang empleyado na

nagsisilbing kalihim.

Bagamat tinupok ng apoy ang opisina ng Comision noong 1866, napasakamay ng mamamahayag na si Wenceslao

Retana ang ilang mga mahahalagang dokumento nito. Batay sa karagdagang pagsisikap ng mananaliksik, nakalap din

ang ilang pangunahing batis hinggil sa katitikan ng pulong ng Comision noong Hunyo at Agosto 1866. Sa

presentasyong ito, ilalahad ang ilan kaukulang mga desisyon, listahan ng mga pahayagan, mga aklat, at iba pang

publikasyon na dumaan sa regulasyon at sensura ng Comision.

“Subversiva de Todos los Principios Religiosos y Politicos” – Some Notes from the Meetings of the Comision

Permanente de Censura (1866-1875)

Florentino A. Iniego, Jr.

University of the Philippines Diliman

In general, there was no doubt that Spain suppressed press freedom and prohibited the spread of liberal ideas in the

Philippines since 1565 until its last stand in 1898.

According to an American trader visiting the country in 1796, “The priests here are very powerful…No books are

allowed to be imported here contrary to their religion. The commandant searches the boat; examines every vessel.”

In particular, this paper will discuss the scope and extent of the suppression of press freedom and censorship of liberal

publications under the Comision Permanente de Censura from 1866-1875.

The Press During the Ephemeral Independence of the Philippines: La Independencia and

La República Filipina

Glòria Cano

Universitat Pompeu Fabra, Barcelona, Spain

The Filipino press played an important role during the last years of Spanish colonial rule and, above all, during the

period of American administration. When the US government in Washington decided to keep the Philippines, they

found out that Filipinos were not as poor and ignorant as they had assumed and that the press was a useful weapon to

fuel discontent. In fact, Joseph Ralston Hayden categorically stated that the newspapers were primarily political

organs, not business institutions. Hayden considered that their chief business was not the sale of news and advertising,

but politics.

Hayden, like W. Cameron Forbes, believed this political inclination of Filipino newspapers was mainly due to

American magnanimity which had duly brought freedom of the press and speech to the archipelago. This new-found

freedom apparently differed from or contrasted with the rigid control and censorship perceived to be prevalent under

Spanish colonial rule. This is part of the mythogenesis established in the inveterate Spanish, Filipino, and American

historiography. Actually, there was not such a binary opposition between a Spanish rigid control of the press and the

American advocated freedom of the press. Spanish colonial rule loosened or attenuated its control from 1883 till its

collapse, while the American administration, as William H. Taft explained in great detail in a confidential and personal

letter, paid the newspaper editors what was called a subventio (stipend) for advertising or giving publicity to the facts

in respect to the Government. In sum, Filipino newspapers became surreptitiously the organs of the establishment,

that is, the official propaganda of US administration.

Page 69: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

This paper will explore and analyze the emergence of the first separatist newspapers which enjoyed true freedom of

the press during the ephemeral Independence of the Philippines. I mean La Independencia which became the official

organ of the revolution and further independent state-nation building or La República Filipina edited by Pedro Paterno,

among others. I focus on these two papers because they follow the spirit of La Solidaridad. The press that emerged

during the ephemeral independence has been minimized by historians and although La Independencia or La Republica

Filipina are mentioned in textbooks, no one has looked through them because both are clear examples of the promise

of independence denied categorically and systematically by the US administration. As we will see in this paper, both

newspapers heralded the United States as “that great and strong country with which we are bonded by a sincere

friendship.”

Session 9B

THE ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, AND SOCIAL DIMENSIONS

OF THE ASEAN INTEGRATION

The year 2015 marks the beginning of a new era for the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) as it seeks

to form the ASEAN Community. This is in consonance with the stipulations of the Bali Concord II, which states that

the ASEAN “shall respond to the new dynamics within the respective ASEAN Member Countries and shall urgently

and effectively address the challenge of translating ASEAN cultural diversities and different economic levels into

equitable development opportunity and prosperity, in an environment of solidarity, regional resilience and harmony.”

The Concord also declares that the ASEAN Community shall be composed of three pillars: the Political-Security

Community, the Economic Community, and the Socio-cultural Community.

The ASEAN integration has great potential to improve the current practice of governance in the country. However,

the regional integration is confronted with key issues and challenges. The significance of ASEAN’s role in addressing

threats to political stability and regional security leaves much to be desired, particularly on the aspect of its ability to

act as a bloc. Further, the effect of the regional integration on marginalized sectors of society, such as the farmers, is

forecast to bring more harm than benefit.

The first paper explores the diversity of the political systems of ASEAN member-states and how such diversity affects

their actions regarding China’s claim to the Spratly Islands. The second paper examines the role of government, private

sector, and civil society in materializing good governance through the formation of ASEAN community. The third

paper probes into the thoughts of Filipino smallholder farmers regarding ASEAN integration with the end of providing

holistic understanding of their plight as a sector.

Taming the Tiger: A Search for a Common ASEAN Stand to Contain China Regarding the Spratlys

Diosdado B. Lopega

University of the Philippines Los Baños

This paper looks at the issue regarding the diversity of the political systems of the ten member states of the ASEAN

and how this impacts on the decisions they make in the face of China’s aggressive behavior in enforcing its claim to

the whole of the Spratly Islands.

To do this, a cursory investigation and evaluation of the individual member states is done taking into account the

individual member state’s international relations with China. Also, the organizational structure of the ASEAN itself

is evaluated in order to plot how each of the ten ASEAN regimes conforms to the organizational structure of the

regional group as well as to its reason for being. The dynamics and conditions for entry of the member states into the

association are also evaluated. This is important if only to chart the future destiny of ASEAN if it is to survive as a

viable regional organization in the face of both international and regional hegemony of strong states like China. A

regional group or any group, for that matter, is seen as a weakling if it cannot commonly act on issues, especially in

the face of a crisis situation that calls for a united stand, as in the situation of China’s massive claim of the of the

Spratly Islands. This paper contends that a search for a lasting and rules-based approach to diffuse the tension in the

Spratly Islands is in order.

Page 70: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

On the other hand, this paper also investigates China’s motives in her claim of the Spratly Islands but still assumes

that international standards in settling disputes are considered and given premium.

The paper concludes by suggesting a middle ground based on accepted international norms and constructs that are

already in place. It is the contention of the study that a peaceful co-existence among the states in Northeast and

Southeast Asia, including Japan, is impossible in the face of saber-rattling by anyone who wields military, economic,

and political power.

ASEAN Economic Community and Philippine Governance: Challenges for the Government, Private Sector

and Civil Society

Gladys P. Nalangan

University of the Philippines Los Baños

At the end of 2015, the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) member countries are set to achieve

economic integration with the realization of the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC), one of the pillars on which

the ASEAN Community is built. Similar to other regional economic integration (REI) groups, the AEC is expected to

promote economic growth, political stability and peace. It is also anticipated that the AEC will lead to good

governance. Implementing the AEC Blueprint requires ASEAN member countries to practice transparency,

accountability, adherence to the rule of law, responsiveness, and consideration of the public interest—some of the

criteria for good governance. Effecting good governance involves the participation and cooperation of the government,

the private sector, and civil society.

This paper determines how good governance will be achieved with the establishment of the AEC and examines the

roles of the Philippine government, the private sector, and civil society in the AEC and the challenges they will

encounter in carrying out these roles. Desk research and document analysis of secondary data from relevant institutions

involved are employed in completing this study.

Critical involvement of and concerted effort from the three actors of governance (government, private sector and civil

society) are advantages in making tangible the gains (i.e., economic development) brought by REI particularly the

AEC.

Uncertain Present, Bleak Future: The ASEAN Economic Integration through the Lens of Filipino

Smallholder Farmers

John Raymond B. Jison

University of the Philippines Los Baños

During the 12th Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) Summit held in Cebu City, Philippines, the ASEAN

Member-States envisioned an integrated ASEAN Economic Community by 2015 that aims to create a globally

competitive single market and production, which shall materialize through the integration of their economies. It is

argued that the ASEAN economic integration is more detrimental to Philippine agriculture than beneficial. For one,

the agricultural system in the Philippines remains to be underdeveloped, rendering local smallholder farmers ill-

equipped to compete in the free market. For another, the influx of cheaper agricultural imports in the local economy,

let alone the agricultural sector’s lack of competitiveness, leaves the fate of local farmers hanging in the balance.

This paper employs individual in-depth interviews as its primary data gathering tool and interpretive social science as

its research approach in analyzing the thoughts of Filipino farmers regarding the ASEAN integration. The local

farmers in the Philippines are among the poorest of the poor and, therefore, are highly vulnerable to various socio-

economic risks. Assessing their understanding of the ASEAN integration leads to a holistic understanding of the plight

of Filipino farmers as a sector and provides an impetus for the government to reexamine its position in the proposed

economic integration.

Page 71: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 9C

POVERTY, ACCESS TO EDUCATION AND SPIRITUALITY: GLIMPSES OF A

SAMA DILAUT COMMUNNITY VIS-À-VIS SOCIAL EXCLUSION

Marginalized ethnic groups worldwide are seen to exhibit some type of social exclusion from the mainstream of

society and the Sama Dilaut of the Philippines are not exempt from this. Labeled as the poorest sector in Zamboanga

City and mendicants of the streets, the Sama Dilaut were once the proud navigators of the Sulu Sea, and are indigenous

to the littorals of the Zamboanga Peninsula. In this study, the researchers seek to show that simple societies in the

Philippines do experience some type of social exclusion and stigmatization. This study on social exclusion was

conducted in Barangay Taluksangay and Ayuda-Badjao Community in Zamboanga City, where the participants were

Sama Dilaut residents, for a period of one year. The methods employed were the Key Informant Interview (KII) and

Focus Group Discussion (FGD). The first paper by Nerlyne Concepcion presents the factors that contributed to the

Sama Dilaut social exclusion. The second paper by Hashim Alawi seeks to illustrate the stigma of social exclusion of

the Sama Dilaut through the experiential accounts of the participants. Finally, the third paper by Francis Jumala, where

data was derived from the in-depth interview with the shaman, is a case study that delves into the Spirit World of the

Sama Dilaut which is seen as one factor that deters social inclusion into the mainstream of Filipino Society.

Social Exclusion: Experiences and Encountered Problems of the Sama Dilaut

Hashim Alawi

Western Mindanao State University, Zamboanga City

Social exclusion is rooted in the relationship of the individual with the State and its key institutions whose functions

are to establish and ensure social cohesion; social exclusion is viewed as a failure of the State (Ion, 1995 in Bhalla and

Lapeyre, 1997). It further reflects individual choices that may be voluntary, patterns of interest between actors, and

“distortions to the system such as discrimination, market failures and unenforced rights.” Access to labor markets,

for example, provides the individual rewards and recognition, as well as dignity, which should alleviate the detrimental

effects of being excluded, thereby increasing social integration, and it is implicitly assumed that employment is a

means of alleviating poverty. As shown in most literature, IPs of the world have encountered the same experiences

and problems; the Sama Dilaut of Zamboanga are not an exception. The researchers’ interest in this in-depth case

study stemmed from their being acquainted with the Sama Dilaut and their being socially excluded particularly in the

socio-political arena, which perhaps could be attributed to poverty and lack of skills that could somehow serve as

qualifications for social inclusion. This interest also stemmed from the researchers’ being active in fields where the

plight of indigenous peoples has been of interests. By shedding light on the different situations of the Sama Dilaut,

the study seeks to understand their situation through their narrative experiences and to take account of the problems

of social exclusion within and among them.

Resigning to the Will of the Ancestors: A Glimpse of the Sama Dilaut Worldview vis-à-vis Social Exclusion

Francis Jumala

Western Mindanao State University, Zamboanga City

Ancestor veneration in the southern Philippines has been observed to persist in simple societies and among the

Indigenous Peoples (IPs), such as the Sama Dilaut of the Sulu Sea and the Zamboanga Peninsula. This has been seen

also in complex societies in Asia, such as the Balinese of Indonesia, the Chinese, and the Japanese, to name a few.

The belief in the supernatural powers of the ancestors paved the way for rituals of ancestor worship, the determination

of bride price, botched circumcision, culture-bound diseases, with the ancestors being consulted. Among the Sama

Dilaut, the persistence of ancestor veneration is intertwined with the supernatural influence of the ancestors, coupled

with the fear of the ancestors’ ire that may lead to maladies such as bad luck in trade and illnesses. This paper stems

from the researcher’s anthropological inquiry into the religious sphere of the Sama Dilaut Community in Taluksangay,

Zamboanga City. The participants of the study were the Sama Dilaut ancestral worship practitioners who were also

the participants in the study done on Social Exclusion by a team of which the researcher was a member. Above all,

this paper seeks to shed light on the deeply seated attachment of Sama Dilaut to their ancestors on the basis of the

emic of the participants.

Page 72: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Secondly, it seeks to describe the processes involved in the performance of the ritual. Finally, it also seeks to show

how such attachment becomes one of the factors that becomes the vehicle for Social Exclusion.

Factors of Social Exclusion of the Sama Dilaut: Their Resilience in the Society

Nerlyne C. Concepcion

Western Mindanao State University, Zamboanga City

The term “Indigenous Peoples of the Philippines” is defined in the 1987 Philippine Constitution which mandates the

State to recognize, respect, and protect the rights of IPs to preserve and develop their cultures, traditions, and

institutions. The Indigenous Peoples’ Rights Act of 1997 guarantees the rights of IPs to ancestral domain, self-

governance/empowerment, social justice/human rights, education and cultural integrity. Despite these, it is salient that

many of our IPs have remained marginalized by economic parameters and are socially excluded due to the lack of

acceptance that have made them not competitive in life. This is manifested in many incidents, such as mendicancy

and the increasing number of street children in the city. The study aims to document the Sama Dilaut’s understanding

of and insights into their social exclusion from mainstream society and to identify particular factors perceived to be

the reasons for their social exclusion as individuals and as a community, and to determine some issues and alternative

solutions to lessen social exclusion. Qualitative phenomenological case study was used to obtain a multiple perspective

constructed from the views of the 62 participants. The present plight of the Sama Dilaut can be understood from their

own points –o- view and not from outsiders’ who have tended to label them negatively. Further, it is hoped that this

study will contribute studies on indigenous peoples worldwide.

Session 9D

THE SPANISH CIVIL WAR IN ASIA PACIFIC

The Spanish Civil War was a major international issue in the 1930’s. This panel explores the impact of the civil war

in Asia, and specifically the Philippines, where it coincided with a crucial moment in the country’s transition from an

American colony to a quasi-independent Commonwealth. Spanning the Pacific and Atlantic worlds, this panel traces

the complex responses of different groups of Filipinos and Asians in the civil war and uses the wide-ranging public

debate about Spain as points of entry to reconstruct the complex transnational radical networks and ideological cross-

currents that shaped the politics of the Philippines and Asia.

The Impact of the Spanish War in Asia-Pacific

Florentino Rodao

Universidad Complutense de Madrid

In the 1930s, any important event had international impact, and the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) was one of them.

The fight among Spanish political and military groups was widely perceived by the rest of the world as an ideological

dispute, and leftists around the world supported the Republican regime as a way to crush Fascism while rightists did

the same with Francoist rebels against the presumed rise of communism. Domestic politics, however, influenced much

on how the Spanish War impacted in every continent, Asia being the most patent example. While anti-colonialism

was the most important aspect of its impact in India, the overall fight against Fascism was prominent in Australia and

New Zealand, probably the territory with the biggest number of International Brigade members in relation to the total

of its population. In the Philippines, Catholicism was the biggest issue while in Japan the issue was the war’s relation

to the coup held merely a month before. The outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War in July 1937 was the clearest example

of the many facets of the Spanish conflict's impact. The Communist Party of China used Spain to promote its proposal

for a United Front against the Japanese menace while the Japanese army hurried to check in Spain the quality of Soviet

weaponry. In my paper, I want to show how reactions in Asia demonstrated the globalised impact of the Spanish War.

Page 73: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Filipinos in the Spanish Civil War, 1936-1939

Francis M. Navarro

Ateneo de Manila University

From 1936 until 1939, an ideological battle was waged on the Iberianpeninsula which polarized Spanish society

between the two protagonists of the war, the Republicans who were an uneasy alliance among the Communists,

Socialists, and the Anarchists, and the Nationalists composed and supported by the Spanish Falange and the rebellious

armed forces led by Gen. Francisco Franco. Anti-Fascist organizations and sympathizers from all over the world

signed up and volunteered to fight on the side of the republic by either joining the International Brigade or by directly

joining the various armed groups of republic. This paper seeks to explore some of the individual stories of these

Filipinos who found themselves on both sides of the conflict, and the dual role played by the Communist Party of the

Philippines and the Communist Party of the United States in forging an alliance against Fascism from the Philippines

and the United States.

The Philippine Left and the Spanish Civil War

Vina A. Lanzona

University of Hawai’i at Mānoa

The Spanish Civil War (1936-39) became a major issue in the Philippines during the 1930s, sparking widespread

debate at a crucial moment in the country’s transition from a colony of the United States to a quasi-independent

Commonwealth. This transition was greatly complicated by the growing threat of imperial Japan, and public debate

about the Spanish Civil War helped galvanize and focus a broader discussion about Japanese political influence in the

Philippines, as well as Japanese military expansion in Asia. This paper explores popular debate about the Spanish

Civil War in the Philippines, focusing on the critical role played by the Communist Party of the United States (CPUSA)

in forging a Philippine Popular Front (PFP) in the period after 1935. The pivotal moment in this process was the

merger between Socialists and Communists which created the Partido Komunista ng Pilipinas (PKP) in 1938.

Brokered by the American James Allen, a member of the CPUSA with strong links to Filipino radicals in the United

States, the merger was based on the adoption of a popular front against Japanese and European fascism in the

Philippines, and laid the groundwork for much greater cooperation between the United States, Commonwealth

President Manuel Quezon, the CPUSA and the PKP. Using the debate about the Spanish Civil War as a point of entry,

this paper reconstructs the complex international and imperial networks that shaped the politics of the Commonwealth,

highlighting the central role played by American and Philippine communists in the politics of the late 1930s.

Session 9E

RE-IMAGINING THE ROLE OF LIBRARIES IN PHILIIPINE STUDIES

“Do libraries still matter?” This question is often asked of librarians, based on the assumption that “everything is

online.” But no, not everything is online—especially when it comes to Filipiniana, which is published in limited

numbers. The role of libraries and librarians in Philippine Studies has been limited, for the most part, to preserving

and providing access to the print and digital resources that scholars and researchers need. This panel, which seeks to

reimagine the library as a proactive partner in the promotion of Philippine Studies, features the following presentations

on ensuring the greater accessibility of scientific publications by Filipino scholars through their inclusion in

institutional repositories by Stephen Alayon; on the mainstreaming of information resources on indigenous cultural

communities and indigenous peoples of South Central Mindanao by Fraulein Oclarit; and on recognizing the value of

studying books as material objects with their own histories using Rizal’s Sucesos as a case study by Vernon Totanes.

Page 74: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Promoting Preservation and Access to Scholarly Works in the Philippines

Stephen B. Alayon

Southeast Asian Fisheries Development Center, Iloilo

Sustainable development and improved governance, through an information society, requires the development and

accessibility of digital resources. Several institutions and universities in the Philippines have initiated digitization

projects and developed digital libraries. The common objective is to preserve important records, heritage collections,

and scholarly works signifying institutional memory and legacy. Digital libraries and institutional repositories were

developed to improve visibility and access to institutional publications, cultural and scientific heritage collections,

theses and dissertations, and other publications. This paper presents the experiences of select Philippine libraries,

archives, and museums in digitizing and providing access to institutional publications. It highlights the role of

librarians as advocates in preserving, curating, promoting, and disseminating significant scholarly works. It aims to

convince Philippine Studies researchers of the benefits of having their works digitally preserved and deposited in

institutional repositories. An international organization’s experience with the preservation, promotion, and provision

of access to scientific publications written by Filipino scientists will be presented. Search and download statistics, as

well as requests for access from Filipino and foreign students, faculty, researchers, and the public in general, will be

analyzed. Greater accessibility of scientific publications generated from publicly-funded researches is seen as one of

the impacts of this initiative.

Mainstreaming Information Resources on Indigenous Cultural Communities/Indigenous Peoples

Fraulein Agcambot Oclarit

Holy Trinity College of General Santos City

Indigenous cultural communities (ICCs)/indigenous peoples (IPs) have a wealth of cultural knowledge that can foster

better understanding between them and mainstream society. A portion of this knowledge has already been captured in

static formats, and found their way to libraries, institutions, and portals. Information on and access to these resources,

however, is still limited to individuals with access to these institutions or to web-based online catalogs. This paper

argues that these information resources embody indigenous peoples’ visual and textual “voices.” As cultural products,

they are critical to cultural sustainability. Libraries, as cultural agencies, are both places and spaces for mainstreaming

these resources. Librarians, as cultural agents, are in a strategic position to amplify indigenous people’s voices by

promoting these resources to a broad range of audiences, including scholars and researchers, and to the members of

the ICCs themselves. This paper surveys academic and public libraries, relevant government agencies, and

nongovernment organizations in south central Mindanao. Using a mixed-methods approach, an annotated bibliography

will be generated to document studies on and by ICCs/IPs. The objective is to increase visibility of and mainstream

these resources among scholars and researchers, so that ICCs/IPs will be better represented in future research

undertakings.

Rizal’s Sucesos, Book History, and Libraries: A Case Study

Vernon R. Totanes

Ateneo de Manila University

According to Teodoro Agoncillo, “Philippine historiography by Filipinos has its beginnings with the publication of

Jose Rizal’s edition of Antonio de Morga’s Sucesos de las Islas Filipinas in Paris in 1890.” Rizal’s annotated edition

of Morga’s Sucesos was not literally the first history book written by a Filipino, but the importance it has been accorded

by Agoncillo and other scholars is well-deserved. Using Rizal’s Sucesos as a case study within the framework of the

emerging discipline known as “book history,” this paper seeks to demonstrate the value of studying books not only as

texts, but as material objects with their own histories. This will be done by reviewing the secondary literature on

Rizal’s Sucesos, analyzing bibliographical data for its various editions and translations, and examining different copies

of the 1890 original in libraries around the world.

Page 75: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 9F

EUROPEAN ARCHITECTURAL HERITAGE IN THE SOUTH CHINA SEA –

PRESERVATION ANDCONSERVATION: THE PHILIPPINE EXPERIENCE COMPARED

WITH OTHER COUNTERPARTS

During over 300 years of the Spanish presence in the Philippines, Spanish settlers founded more than 200

settlement/population centers (cities, provinces, towns/pueblos), extensive defensive structures, and religious

complexes, convents, and churches. These structures constitute the urban and architectural heritage of the Philippines,

a rich heritage connected to the European tradition. The conservation, preservation, and diffusion of a rich architectural

and urban heritage are crucial to assure the identity and origins of a country, but also the bases of an emerging and

prosperous industry based on cultural tourism.

This panel is oriented towards the sharing of experiences in assessing architectural and urban heritage from the

European period in the area of South China Sea, as this extensive area has been a rich hub of trade in culture and

commerce, shared by several European countries in the past and Asian countries at present. Local experiences in

assessing the architectural and urban heritage from the European period in any of these countries, at the national,

regional, and local scales are welcome. Studies on conservation policies, heritage retrofit, master plans, and case

studies are included in this approach in order to boost the interest and know-how about these valuable Filipino

architectural and urban heritage.

Considerations on Heritage Buildings in the Philippines

Juan Ramon Jimenez Verdejo

University of Shiga Prefecture, Japan

The study is focused on the current status of cultural heritage buildings in the Philippines. Most of the cultural heritage

buildings in the Philippines were built during over three centuries of Spanish colonial period (1565-1898). This

heritage consists of around 919 baroques churches, defense system (432 places: garrisoned forts, watchtowers, fortress

churches, fortified towns, small forts and signal towers), and many old heritage houses.

The cultural heritage buildings in the Philippines have several issues to contend with. The exact number of tangible

cultural heritage buildings in the entire Philippines is not known well, even among experts. There is no detailed

documentation of each cultural heritage building.

The number of a tentative list of World Heritage sites for nomination is large. It is possible to appreciate the intention

of the various cultural agencies to protect the cultural heritage, but the priority is not clear; a long-term perspective is

difficult to see. The activities to protect the program have been dispersed, and the experience and technologies have

not been sufficiently accumulated. There are many cases of historic buildings with the possibility of recognition as

heritage. It is necessary and very important to improve this recognition by the community and to increase the

community’s awareness about their own cultural heritage. In the case of heritage protection, it is necessary to consider

also the history of each specific ethnic.

The awareness of the protection of cultural heritage and the security of the heritage areas are connected with each

other. Cultural heritage requires protected areas and in recent years the security concerns have been increasing. This

trend must continue for the resolution of the security situation in the future.

Environmental Retrofit of Architectural Heritage - Case Study of San Agustin Church and Malate Church

in Manila

Jesús Alberto Pulido Arcas

University of Shiga Prefecture, Japan

In recent years, retrofitting of architectural heritage has become a common issue in countries where economic

resources must be allocated for proper conservation. In this area, environmental retrofit is where many researches and

policies have been focusing because of the importance of adapting architectural heritage to the surrounding

environment.

Page 76: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

This research shows case studies of San Agustin Church and Malate Church, both located in Manila. In cooperation

with Escuela Taller de Intramuros in Manila, the Spanish Embassy in the Philippines, and AECID Filipinas (the

Spanish Agency for International Cooperation), an environmental conservation plan has been devised for these two

valuable properties. In the first stage, which is being undertaken at the moment, an environmental monitoring of

variables has been completed in both churches in order to assess their effect on the materials and the comfort conditions

of the occupants. Computer simulation of these variables is being undertaken also in order to devise proper

conservation and intervention strategies that do not alter the original conditions of these properties. This research is

aimed at showing the present and future trends of an emerging interest in environmental studies applied to the

conservation of architectural heritage by means of on-site fieldwork and computer simulation techniques.

Religious Architecture and Spanish-Filipino Legacy on Heritage in Macau

Vincent Wai-kit Ho

University of Macau

Historically, Macau was ruled by Portuguese from the mid-sixteenth century until the late twentieth century. During

the Third Royal Portuguese Dynasty (1580-1640), Spanish missionaries established St. Dominic church, St. Francis

Church, and St. Augustine Church during this period of Iberian Union. The relations between Manila and Macau were

also strengthened in those six decades. In this paper, the author argues the importance of Spanish architectural heritage

in the context of the “Historic Centre of Macau” inscribed in the UNESCO World Heritage List in 2005, with a brief

comparison of the monuments in Philippines. The impact of the changing of the physical appearance of those three

heritage sites after conservation and rebuilding will be highlighted. The paper will analyze the function and use of

those three monumental churches as places of worship among the Filipino population in Macau since the early twenty-

first century. The author will present the relation between urban architectural heritage and identity in the context of

Filipino and Spanish influences in Macau.

Session 10A

PHILIPPINE MARINE ENVIRONMENTS: HISTORY AND HERITAGE

IN THE AGE OF DUGONG

In recent years, scholars have turned their attention to mapping and making sense of how oceans connect societies,

markets, polities, and faiths. This literature has been rich and dynamic, pushing the bounds of knowing places and

peoples beyond the confines of areas, states, and regions. New conceptualizations of space and community have been

borne from these interdisciplinary efforts. And yet, despite the upsurge in sea-framed projects, there remains,

ironically, a significant blue hole in the available body of work. The ocean, its ecology, and the experiences of those

that have worked the marine environment remain largely absent in and marginal to this emerging field of oceanic

studies. Therefore, as a way of building knowledge about the ocean as a “contact zone,” this panel explores the social

world of Philippine marine environments through the intersection of nature, work, and culture. It takes as its temporal

range the “age of the dugong,” a marine mammal that was once abundant in the seventeenth century when Fr.

Francisco Ignacio Alcina described it, but is now on the verge of extinction in today’s archipelago. Furthermore,

framing the papers, the panel asks: how might stories about the entanglement between seas and societies recast our

understandings of Philippine history and heritage? How might these stories, moreover, foster new ways of imagining

and inscribing the ocean and its fauna in Philippine Studies? Indeed, by examining how communities have shaped,

and were shaped by, Philippine marine environments, this panel not only opens up a new mode of inquiry for seeing

the colonial past and the postcolonial present, but it offers as well a new space for writing at the interstices of

Anthropology, History, and Science Studies.

Page 77: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

In Search of the “Big Fish”: Hunting for Large Marine Vertebrates in the Bohol Sea

Jo Marie Acebes

Ateneo de Manila University and Balyena.org Foundation

Fishers of the Bohol Sea have been hunting whales, dolphins, whale sharks and manta rays since at least the late 19th

century. These large marine vertebrates are commonly referred to by fishers as “big fish”, or “dakong isda” in Visayan

and “malaking isda” in Tagalog. This is a study of the interactions between the fishers of the Bohol Sea and the large

marine vertebrates living within it. It examines how the “big fishes” shaped the lives of the coastal peoples living

around it and how both the marine environment and people continue to interact and change each other. It also analyses

how these fishing practices in turn influenced the changes in the Bohol Sea and the animals living within it. Using a

multi-disciplinary approach, ethno-historical research methods were used and combined with data gathered from

biological surveys and catch landings. The nature of the Bohol Sea and the ecology of the large marine vertebrates

within it influenced the fishing practices of the people and consequently affected the way they lived. The long history

of the dynamic and changing set of interactions between the Bohol Sea people and the environment led to the dilemmas

apparent in the present and presents implications for the future of Philippine marine and fisheries policies.

Teaching “Intercultural Understanding” for “Managers” in Tropical Ecosystems: Narratives from

Philippine Contexts

Maria F. Mangahasc, University of the Philippines Diliman

Suzanna Rodriguez-Roldan, Ateneo de Manila University

Advocates and professionals involved in marine protected areas management may find themselves in worksites of

specific multi-cultural settings and engage both with other professionals and with locals across culture gaps (including

class or poverty and gender divides). This was the basis for introducing the 1-unit course “Intercultural Understanding”

as one of the first courses for a Professional Masters in Tropical Marine Ecosystems Management (3-U.P.). As

facilitators of the course, we observe that while the students are initially readily able to articulate observations on

cultural and social differences, they however tend to gloss over them. The course module involved making the

students conduct participant observation, such as join a fisher for a day of his work at sea and produce field notes. We

attempted to review some basic concepts from the social sciences to focus their attention on heterogeneity within

society and community, on different perspectives and ways of knowing environments, and on uneven voices (power)

as something to be aware and knowledgeable of, simply to provoke the idea that ‘good management’ could involve

picking up vocabularies of local concepts, identifying discourses and translating between different worldviews/ways

of perceiving the nature of Nature, and appreciating different contexts of negotiation. This paper reflects on and

examines evaluation material stemming from the experience of teaching this course.

Bisayan Wisdom Heritage: Place Names, Reef Fishing, and Raiding

Cynthia Neri Zayas

University of the Philippines-Diliman

Among the seafaring peoples of the Philippines, the Bisayan are the most famous of all. Both as fishers and boat

crews, they are most sought after manpower. They can be found wherever productive fishing spots are and or where

ports for commercial fishing exist. For more than 25 years of field research among Sebuano, Hiligaynon, Waray,

Masbatenos, among others, I have realized that there is a body of knowledge that the Bisayan have shared in the

various places they have visited or migrated to. The wisdom they have shared can be found in the loan words, methods

of fishing, the conduct of business, etc. My presentation is about wisdom heritage, a body of knowledge accumulated

for many centuries as the Bisayan engaged the various bodies of waters in our archipelago. I shall limit my discussion

to the place name Panacot, a controversial shoal, which is also known today as the Scarborough Shoal. I argued

elsewhere that even before Pedro Murillo Velarde’s map of the Philippine Archipelago of 1734 identified the shoal

on the West Philippine Sea, it was known to the Bisayan and Bangingi Sama from their raiding activities along the

western coast of northern Luzon as well as contemporary sojourns of the Bisayan fishers in the area. Using linguistic

analysis, historical and ethnographic data, I will further argue that traditional reef fishing developed various methods

that the Bisayan fishers learned from the many types of shoals, reef, lagoons they have visited.

Page 78: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 10B

GLOBALIZATION AND THE CULTURAL POLITICS OF EMERGING FOOD TRENDS

IN THE PHILIPPINES

Scholarship on the cultural, social and political dimensions of food has remained underdeveloped in the Philippine

food studies literature. In the National Philippine Studies Conference in November 2014 (National Museum), we

collectively presented a paper positing that the current food studies in the Philippines have thus far focused on agrarian

issues, food security, socio-economic consumer decision-making, and nutrition. Very few works have examined food

in the lens of cultural politics. While the cultural and historical aspects of “Filipino food” have been carried out by

scholars like Doreen Fernandez, we argue that there is a need for more inquiry into the contemporary cultural politics

of food in the Philippines, particularly in relation to the forces of globalization. The collection of papers in this

proposed panel interrogates a diverse array of emerging food trends (the rise of local food, the proliferation of healthy

food, and the rationalization of the carinderia) in the perspective of multiple disciplines (environmental studies,

political science, and cultural studies), both theoretically and empirically. Notwithstanding the diverse disciplinary

perspectives, each paper contributes to the general literature on the cultural politics of food, as well as the current

debates in food studies vis-à-vis globalization. Each paper also supports the key underlying theme of the conference,

which is the re-imagination of scholarship on Philippine cultures and society. We do this by bringing together the

social scientific and humanistic studies of food in the Philippines using a cultural politics perspective.

(Re)Defining the Local in the Global: The Cultural Politics of Local Food in Philippine Cosmopolitan Spaces

Marvin Joseph F. Montefrio

Yale-NUS College, Singapore

There is a growing number of food retail establishments in cosmopolitan spaces in the Philippines that claim to sell

“local” food. These establishments ostensibly challenge the “unhealthy” and “unsustainable” agro-industrial, fast food

chain now perceived to be dominant in the country. While this phenomenon partly resonates with the literature on

social embeddedness and food system localization focused on the West, what is becoming even more apparent are the

tensions showing up between the local establishments and their consumers. Drawing from field research in Manila

and nearby cities, it was evident that both “local” food establishments and consumers are being influenced by trends

from the West, but in disparate ways. Proprietors of food establishments derive their ideas of “local” food mostly from

the Western conceptions of “slow food,” “organic,” and “farm-to-table,” which are entangled with subtle advocacies

of indigenous peoples and smallholder farmer support and nationalism. Consumers, on the other hand, are motivated

mostly by health and/or the desire to satisfy their cosmopolitan palate which are primarily informed by social media.

Hence, consumers demand food ingredients mostly sourced from North America and dining experiences patterned

after Western conceptions of restaurants. In response, the “local” identity of these food establishments is transforming

to accommodate cosmopolitan consumer demands.

Body Politics and Producing Healthy Bodies: A Genealogy of Healthy Foods in the Philippines

Antonio P. Contreras

De La Salle University Manila

The discourse on healthy foods in the Philippines and its associated healthy lifestyle, on the surface, appears to have

cosmopolitan beginnings and is largely defined in the context of the habitus of the elites and the upper middle-classes

of society. Indeed, vegetarianism, the counting of calories, and the trendy diet regimens, such as South Beach and

Cohen diets, have found their niche in the everyday experiences of the privileged and those who can afford them. This

paper argues that the emergence of this discourse is very much tied up with the emergence of the body, not only as a

biological physicality, but as a social object for the articulation of meaning and power and upon which the discourse

of control is implied as a confrontation between indigenous constructs of nourishment with the more global constructs

of a desirable body that is the site not only of production but also of consumption.

Page 79: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

McCarinderia: A Theoretical Inquiry

Jeremy C. De Chavez

De La Salle University

It is reasonable to conclude that the carinderia is a cultural form that has, for better or worse, evaded the

transformations of cultural homogenization associated with globalization. Considered to be predominantly situated in

the marginal spaces of cosmopolitan Manila, the carinderia is often perceived as offering food that is representative

of local flavor and taste because of its successful evasion of and resistance to cultural convergence. This paper, which

is primarily a theoretical inquiry, suggests that the carinderia is not excluded from the changes – and thus challenges

– brought about by global cultural flows. This paper suggests that the transformations of the carinderia are dictated

by what George Ritzer calls “McDonaldization,” rationalized and, consequently efficient approach to food production

and consumption. This inquiry will draw on the work of Theodor Adorno and Max Horkheimer to suggest that the

apparent standardization of both production and taste is both symptom and consequence of this unique mode of

glocalization.

Session 10C

EXPRESSIONS OF DESIRE, INVENTION, AND SOVEREIGNTY UINDER EMPIRE

This panel examines expressions of desire, invention, and sovereignty during the US colonial era in the Philippines in

order to understand the landscape and scope of the imperial imaginary and its interlocutors. Tessa Winkelmann offers

a study of an emergent popular cultural form that circulated a racialized sexual fantasy of the imperial social world,

which elided the violence of colonial sexual relations through comic spectacle. Neferti Tadiar examines the native as

a form of narrative in José Rizal’s novel El Filibusterismo in order to theorize the human as a particular globalized

mediatic form upon which the anticolonial struggle could be better apprehended. Finally, Genevieve Clutario unearths

the critical writing of Tarhata Kiram, a pensionada to the United States, to note the subversive acts generated by an

experience of colonial education. These papers grapple with the power of colonialism, the world it generates, and

illuminate how narrative forms and acts speak back to power and reimagine alternative futures.

A Physics Lesson: Humans as Media in Philippine Anti-Colonial Struggle

Neferti X. M. Tadiar

Barnard College, Columbia University

In this talk I propose a cultural archaeology of seemingly defunct human mediatic forms – the use of humans as the

media of other humans’ will and expressive agency – that continue to operate despite the early 20th century U.S.

colonial project to eradicate such forms through the implementation of universal standards of human life and

experience in the making of citizen-man. I propose this archaeological project through a reading of José Rizal’s 1891

novel, El Filibusterismo, a local catalyst in a broad social, economic, and cultural revolution that would historically

inaugurate not only a new nation, but also a new global moment of imperialism, in which the capitalist mode of

production would reign supreme. I delve into this political moment of transformation of natives into nationals

encapsulated by Rizal and the anti-Spanish colonial struggle in which he figured prominently as one site for examining

the role of human mediatic forms in an extensive history of Filipino social struggles against the evolving protocols of

global capitalism. However, rather than seeing the practices and relations of humans as media as simply “resistance”

to the precepts and protocols of “capitalism proper,” i.e., as a mode of accumulation predicated on modern freedom,

I propose to understand the integral connections between such persistent forms of life and the expanded reproduction

of capital in and through the colonial world in an attempt to consider overlooked forms of social cooperation and

invention, which remain important resources for political and economic consideration in the present.

“You Cannot Make a Slave of a Man after Educating Him”: Tarhata Kiram, Sovereignty,

and Subversion in Philippine-U.S. Histories

Genevieve Clutario

Harvard University

Page 80: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

In February 1927, Tarhata Kiram publicly critiqued and responded to accusations of sedition by the American colonial

government. Her experience as “special pensionada” at the University of Illinois failed in making her a “slave,”

instead, giving her the theoretical and political tools to critique both the undemocratic actions of the United States and

Filipino elites towards marginalized peoples of the Philippine southern region. This paper explores Kiram’s

experiences as an exchange student and her return to Jolo in the 1920s. Kiram embodied U.S. agendas, desires, and

fantasies of modernizing its colonial subjects through institutions like education as a way to suture, mold, and shape

the Philippines and its inhabitants for American gain. American public media closely documented Kiram’s university

social life and the transformation of her physical appearance and presented such details as evidence of the success of

her Americanization. However, Kiram’s actions, writings, performances, and self-stylization upon her return to Jolo

disassembled the careful crafting of U.S. education in a series of acts of subversion. I argue that Kiram claimed a

personal and communal sovereignty in her participation and support of uprisings in Sulu, in her public written critiques

of both U.S. empire and consolidation of a Filipino elite power, and in her physical conversion that rejected American

aesthetics of modern femininity. Ultimately, Kiram embodied the complexities and tensions not only between the

Philippines and the United States, but also between regions and ethnic groups, calling into question dominant

narratives of nation-building, colonialism, and sovereignty.

Philippine Picture Postcards: Interracial Intercourse and the Staging of an Imperial Imaginary

Tessa Winkelmann

University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Around the turn of the century, picture postcards became popular souvenir items for Americans to purchase while

traveling abroad. In the case of the Philippines, the most popular and most printed pictures for postcards were those

depicting landscapes and those that portrayed native inhabitants, namely women. This paper explores a sub-genre of

postcard that depict scenes of interracial romantic intercourse between Americans and Filipino colonial “wards.” Such

postcards depicting or suggesting interracial relations ranged from casual photographs of integrated social scenes with

relatively benign captions of images of (supposedly) married couples with overtly racist captions. While the popularity

of these cards may seem at odds with the concurrent popularity of anti-miscegenation laws and attitudes in the United

States at the time, this paper argues that these ubiquitous postcards were not at odds with notions of white racial purity.

These souvenir postcards reinforced racist attitudes towards colonial people by depicting families or romantic

relationships as ridiculous spectacle. The aesthetics of empire in the images presented here also have the added

consequence of sanitizing the realities of interracial intercourse in the Philippines. The understanding of interracial

romantic pairing as ridiculous spectacle renders as invisible or as anomalous any interracial relationships that may

have actually occurred. The reality of widespread interracial sexual intercourse and the very uneven and exploitive

conditions of such relations was made to look implausible through the imagery of laughable romantic interludes.

Session 10D

FILIPINO SUBJECTS AT THE INTERSTICES AND INTERSTITIAL SUBJECTS IN THE PHILIPPINES

This panel explores transnational channels of mobility as generative sites of diasporic subject formation and the

historical experiences of Southeast Asian, humanitarian, and political lives situated at the interstices of the nation. In

this panel, the regional exchange of people, forms of knowledge, and the localized engagement of transnational

practices serve as the articulate basis for reinforcing relations of power, collaboration. and resistance. The transnational

experiences of mobile subjects require the input of complex actors – administrators, government officials, students,

and refugees. Each strives to grapple with ways of enacting and forming their own needs, desires, and ambitions within

novel settings. Panelists seek to explore: (a) how Filipino accommodation of refugees has historically inscribed

distancing scripts of governing international displacement and dispelling social dissent in the Philippines; (b) the

social life and socio-political positions of Thai students in the interwar Philippines as a relatively large yet déclassé

group among foreign-educated students in pre-WWII Thailand; and (c) the intellectual trajectory of alternative

education models used during the Marcos period to inform U.S. public knowledge regarding authoritarianism in the

Philippines. Presenters use a wide array of methodologies and materials to explore the dynamics of power and subject

formation through transnational education. In putting together these different actors in distinct locations as well as

Page 81: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

exploring varied periods of tutelary dominance, panelists seek to re-figure common dichotomies between Asian

American Studies and Philippine Studies; the nation and the empire; and the soft and hard forms of power that shape

our study of transnational subjects.

Staging Filipino Hospitality: Distance Scripts in the Humanitarian Governance of Filipino Refugees

James Pangilinan

University of British Columbia, Canada

The UNHCR has recently sought to persuade the Philippines to prolong its long history of hospitality by

accommodating more refugees. The Philippines’ Immigration Act of 1940 is usually cited as being visionary for

predating international definitions of 'humanitarian' and 'persecution’ by eleven years. How the Philippines has

“precociously” offered hospitality over different periods of colonial administration, postcolonial collaboration, and

contemporary humanitarian partnerships remains a question to be explored. As a Commonwealth (1935-1946), the

Philippines offered a space for the settlement of Jewish refugees fleeing Nazism. After World War II, Russian “Nansen

refugees” similarly found refuge in the war-ravaged Philippines. In the 1970-90s Palawan and Bataan hosted

“Southeast Asian” refugees even as the Philippines suffered its own immiseration under Martial Law. Such

humanitarian acts of “Filipino hospitality” situate the independent nation within an emergent international system of

states. This postcolonial system, which the Philippines helped to found, nevertheless articulated geopolitical

conditionalities expressed through humanitarian aid. Humanitarian accommodation in the Philippines has

simultaneously marked the Philippines as exceptionally compassionate while also producing a national “geo-body”

within charged geographies of colonial power and capitalist hegemony. By analyzing policy treatises on settlement

“opportunities” and geographic inquiries concerning resettlement capacities in Asia, I elaborate on how the

Philippines, like other states in the “Global South,” plays a key role in the humanitarian management of displacement.

As manifested in other contexts, these roles unfold according to geopolitical “distancing scripts” of postcolonial

benevolence, preventative protection, and neoliberal governance at a distance.

The Philippines Project: The Goddard-Cambridge School and Philippine Studies during the Marcos Era

Mark Sanchez

University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

For three years during the 1970s, Filipino American anti-martial law activists traveled to Boston, Massachusetts to

work towards Master’s degrees in Philippine Studies. Under the instruction of noted anti-imperialist and anti-Vietnam

War activist Daniel Boone Schirmer, they studied at the Goddard-Cambridge School of Social Change, an

experimental program which also offered degrees on Women’s Studies, Third World Studies, and U.S. Culture.

Among their cohorts, students worked towards a melding of theory and practice. Together, they experimented with

collective learning models and sought a foundational base of knowledge on the Philippines that would allow them and

their communities to better carry out the anti-Marcos struggle from the United States. Throughout its brief existence,

the Goddard-Cambridge School of Social Change faced a wide breadth of institutional challenges, ranging from

funding issues, to conservative backlash, to tensions within their attempts to create a non-hierarchical (and yet

institutionalized) space. Students within the Philippines project dealt with racism as well as isolation from their

communities. While the program lasted briefly, this attempt to create a different kind of educational model can help

us more fully understand the wide networks of anti-imperialist and anti-authoritarian activism of the period. Further,

the history of such alternative educational models might offer us possibilities for our own contemporary pedagogical

and institutional orientations.

Swinging at the Interstices: A Social History of Thai Students in Interwar Philippines

Arthit Jiamrattanyoo

University of Washington, Seattle

Hindered by the First World War and the concomitant economic difficulties, Thai students in the late 1910s began to

travel to the Philippines to study in the US colonial education system in lieu of Europe. Combined with those following

suit in the last decades before the Asia-Pacific War, they constituted the second largest group of foreign-educated

students in prewar Thailand. This paper argues that, in a similar vein to their antecedent and contemporary Thai

Page 82: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

counterparts in Europe and the US, their expatriation can be conceptualized as a process of multi-layered transition,

which resulted in their condition of permanent liminality and in their status as both a subject and object of “danger”

in the perception of the Thai elite. As a “figure of danger” and an interstitial subject, they enthusiastically ventured

into an exploration of exoticism in Philippine society, including colonial jazz modernity and sexual intimacy with

Filipino women, just as the Thai government inaugurated the Office of the Superintendent of Thai students in Manila

in the 1930s as a mechanism of transnational biopower for “danger” control. Drawing largely upon life writings of

Thai students who lived in the Philippines before and during the Asia-Pacific War, this paper attempts to reconstruct

their lived experiences and cross-cultural encounters in the Philippines to demonstrate that, as their interstices between

nations, the Philippines served not only as a cultural vessel through which they transmitted mediated innovations of

the US to Thailand, but also as an in-between space that provided Thai students with room to maneuver in where they

could indulge and constantly redefine themselves despite the often stigmatized representation imposed by the Thai

elite, and self-consciously oscillate between contradictory identities for survival during the wartime.

Session 10E

THE PHILIPPINES AND THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY

Strategic Selection: Philippine Arbitration against China in the South China Sea

Krista E. Wiegand

University of Tennessee, Knoxville. USA

It is highly unusual for East Asian states to seek peaceful dispute resolution through binding methods of international

law, arbitration, and adjudication at the International Court of Justice (ICJ). What is puzzling is why states use one

particular dispute resolution method or another, and in the specific case of the Philippines, why the government chose

to pursue arbitration knowing that China would not agree to participate. In this paper, I theorize that the Philippine

government chose to pursue arbitration against China unilaterally because it hoped to use the legitimacy of

international law, mainly the highly legitimate standards of UNCLOS, to counterbalance China’s military aggression.

Due to the overwhelming imbalance of military power between the two states, the Philippines is unable to counter

Chinese military force militarily without US support. However, the Philippines is able to seek legally binding action

against China, and if they win the arbitration decision, this would provide the Philippines with legitimacy, reputational

gains, and status among the international community, regardless of China’s denunciation of the decision. This

arbitration finding could set an important legal precedent for territorial and maritime disputes, not only in East Asia,

but at the international level.

Peace in Southeast Asia: ASEAN or Balance of Power? A Realist Response to Security Community

in Southeast Asia

Sherlyn Mae Hernandez

University of the Philippines Diliman

This essay attempts to provide a realist response to the constructivist concept of security community in Southeast Asia

by arguing that it is not ASEAN as a security community that maintains peace and stability among states in the

Southeast Asian region but as merely a balance of power, as argued by realists. Firstly, the essay will provide a

background on the concept of security community and how it was applied to the Southeast Asian region, as argued by

constructivist scholars led by Amitav Acharya. Secondly, this paper argues that there is no such thing as a security

community in Southeast Asia, especially as compared to the European Union, but rather only as a balance of power.

While the situation of the Southeast Asian region fits the definition of a ‘secure’ region and a ‘community’, Southeast

Asia may be criticized a lot for not being a security community. Circumstances such as human rights issues occurring

internally among ASEAN member-states, territorial and maritime disputes, and the unsuccessful ASEAN

Communities disproves the idea of security community in the region. Finally, the essay will attempt to project the

possibility of a security community in the future by implementing reconstructions on ASEAN as a regional

organization.

Page 83: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Charles Lindbergh and Early Philippine Environmentalism

Paul A. Rodell

Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, USA

A little known aspect of Charles Lindbergh’s life was his activism on behalf of endangered species and indigenous

peoples. This activism came late in his life, but was very genuine. He was on the international board of directors of

the World Wildlife Foundation for which he traveled the world promoting conservation and the protection of

endangered species. In addition to his forays into Africa and Latin America, Lindbergh travelled to Southeast Asia in

the late 1960s. He first worked with a few sympathetic government officials in Indonesia, but soon transferred his

attention to the Philippines. There, he worked with early pioneers in the environmental movement such as Sixto K.

Roxas and was welcomed to Malacañang by President Marcos who was then on his first term. In large part Lindbergh’s

efforts resulted in the establishment of protected areas for the Philippine Eagle (then known as the Monkey-Eating

Eagle) and the Tamarao and he later worked closely with the newly created office of Parks and Wildlife under its

founding director Jesus Alvarez (Philippine Wildlife Conservation).

This paper will explore Lindbergh’s dramatic change of thinking that led him to his interest in what was then known

as conservationism and how he used his cachet as an internationally recognized figure to help promote the movement

in the Philippines. His efforts went far to help lay the groundwork for the movement’s lasting impact and continued

growth and should be of interest to today’s activists.

Session 10F

PHILIPPINES-CHINA RELATIONS: INSIGHTS ON POWERS, ECONOMY, AND LAW

The panel explores three themes on Philippines-China relations. Chito Sta. Romana problematizes the power rivalry

between the US and China and how this affects the West Philippine Sea as well as the bilateral relations between the

Philippines and China. The paper underscores that the power competition has escalated, resulting in a more complex

dynamic in dealing with the Philippines-China bilateral tensions. Tina S. Clemente explores the economic dimension

of Philippines-China relations, focusing on the concept of vulnerability in Philippine economic security. This

perspective yields more strategic value than merely building scenarios around possible sanctions from China. Jay

Batongbacal analyzes the kind of bilateral diplomacy and web-based discourses that now describe Philippines-China

relations. Employing Rawlsian justice tenets, the research explores an alternative perspective towards the bilateral

dispute.

The Escalating US-China Rivalry in the Asia-Pacific Region: Its Implications for the West Philippine Sea

and Philippines-China Relations

Chito Sta. Romana

Philippine Association for Chinese Studies (PACS)

This paper looks into the implications of the escalating strategic rivalry between the US and China in the Asia-Pacific

region on the relations between the Philippines and China. The US over the past year or so has adopted a firmer

attitude towards China's actions to assert its territorial and maritime claims in the South China Sea. This was recently

manifested in the US decision to deploy a guided-missile destroyer to sail within 12 miles of an artificial island

constructed by China and to have B-52 bombers fly over the skies of the South China Sea. China has protested the US

actions and warned against what it views as "provocative acts." The escalation in the strategic competition between

the US and China raises the controversial issue of whether the two powers are headed for an inevitable clash, based

on the analysis by the realist school of international relations. Alternatively, the strategic competition raises the

question whether the two can find a way to ease tensions and resolve their clash of strategic interests, based on the

views of the liberal and constructivist schools. But the emergence of the big power rivalry between the US and China

has profound implications for the territorial and maritime disputes between the Philippines and China. The arbitration

case filed by the Philippines against China will serve to clarify the legal basis of the maritime dispute, but it will not

resolve the more fundamental territorial dispute over ownership of the disputed features in the West Philippine Sea.

This paper argues that the geopolitical competition has now become more pronounced and has complicated the

Page 84: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

bilateral disputes since the Philippines is a treaty ally of the US and has publicly supported the US actions to challenge

China's claims in the South China Sea.

Philippine Economic Vulnerability in Philippines-China Relations

Tina S. Clemente

University of the Philippines Diliman

In light of current Philippines-China maritime tensions, alarmist statements on implications of possible sanctions from

China have been raised. However, what is more important to explore, is the state of Philippine economic vulnerability

regardless of the imposition of sanctions. This perspective is more far-reaching in its strategic considerations as this

puts the emphasis on the Philippines’ security strategy instead of merely being China-centric. The research contributes

a valuable dimension to understanding Philippine economic statecraft better as well as that of China. The investigation

looks into three major aspects of the asymmetrical bilateral economic relationship. The first important inquiry is the

pattern of asymmetry in trade and investment. Nuances in China’s economic interests in specific Philippine industries

and sectors shall be looked into. We wish to elucidate how critical engagement in these interests is to China, given

that the dollar value or traffic of trade and investment may not easily reveal criticality. The second inquiry is on how

the integrated regional production base affects China’s external behavior. In other words, we ask how linkages in

global economic arrangements influence China’s strategic actions towards the Philippines. The last inquiry delves into

how the dynamic in Philippine domestic development should become part of Philippine strategic calculations.

Colliding Cultures, Roiling Racism in Socially-mediated Foreign Relations: Philippines and China since 2012

Jay Batongbacal

University of the Philippines Diliman

Since 2012, Philippines-China relations have taken a decisive turn for the worst, dominated by disjointed legalist

discourses peppered with claims to irreconcilable legal truths and an overwhelming sense of racism that has poisoned

the atmosphere between the two nations. Through discourse analysis of published texts and statements, this paper

surveys both the toxic diplomacy and even more toxic online discourses that have come to characterize relationships

between the Philippines and China. It posits that racism and racial prejudice have reared their ugly heads, both

informally and formally, cloaked or buoyed by legalist claims. The paper raises an alarm over how such a discourse

may, in the long run, actually be far more damaging to both nations and calls for a return to civility and rational

discourse based on a proper framing of the Philippines-China dispute using Rawlsian principles of justice.

Session 11A

GOVERNING THE RISKS AND PRECARIOUSNESS UNDER THE CONTEMPORARY

RECONFIGURATION OF “THE SOCIAL”: THE ETHNOGRAPHIES OF VULNBERABILITY AND

RESILIENCE IN THE PHILIPPINES

This panel tries to identify a distinctive feature of the contemporary reconfiguration of “the social, an assemblage of

institutions such as the state, civil society, market, community, and family, which is expected to work as a devise to

secure and “tame” various risks, such as poverty, unemployment, ageing, and marginalization, brought about by the

precariousness of the current world. “The social” can also be conceptualized as a sphere of governmentality which is

a working of power that aims to shape, guide or affect the conduct of others, neither through commanding nor

controlling, but through structuring the possible field of action of free actors in order to achieve a security of risks.

The case of the Philippines is significant and suggestive because it indicates how, and in what way, an undoubtedly

neoliberal rationality of the government of risks are often coexisting with seemingly contrary principles such as social

welfare, redistribution, planning, and state intervention in the intimate sphere such as the family. The panel presents

variegated ethnographies that indicate the intricate relationship between, or entanglement of, vulnerability and

resilience found in various communities facing the contemporary precariousness in the Philippines. Particularly, the

papers in this panel reevaluate the informal institutions such as patronage and clientelism which more often than not

coexist or intermingle with the formal institutions provided by the state for achieving the government of risks and

precariousness.

Page 85: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Deploying “the Social” without Welfare State: Formality and Informality of the Homeowners Associations in

Urban Informal Settlement of Metro Manila

Koki Seki

Hiroshima University

In the process of decentralization since the early 1990s, various non-governmental entities such as People’s

Organizations, NGOs, cooperatives, and associations have been empowered to become main actors of social

development in the Philippines. In the setting of the urban informal settlers’ community, various social policies are

implemented by mobilizing the Home Owners Association (HOA). Contradicting the expectation that the HOA should

bring about “participatory democracy” among the indigent urban communities as stipulated in the “Magna Carta of

Homeowners Association” (RA9904), the associations are in reality permeated with intimate personal relationships

and notions of patronage and clientelism, rather than with notions of publicness and citizenship. Avoiding the view

which simply denounces patronage and clientelism as a hotbed of corruption, the paper, based on fieldwork in

Marikina City, argues that these informalities can be considered as “personalized problem solving-networks” (Auyero

2000), “intimate hierarchy” (Ansell 2013), or “new politics of distribution” (Ferguson 2015), which are notions that

have a significant implication for re/imagining the emerging contour of “the social” in the contemporary Philippines.

Morality, Expectations, and Negotiations: Contextualizing the Conditional Cash Transfer Program

in the Philippines

Itaru Nagasaka

Hiroshima University

Since its start of implementation, the Pantawid Pamilyang Pilipino Program in the Philippines, a human development

program adopting the conditional cash transfer (CCT) scheme, has received much scholarly attention. While

anthropological studies of the CCT have, to date, elucidated the neo-liberal logic inherent in it, the social and historical

contexts of the communities where CCTs are implemented have not received sufficient attention. Drawing on the

author’s longitudinal ethnographic fieldwork and recent preliminary research on 4Ps in a rural village of the llocos

region, this paper examines, in relation to existing social relationships and morality in the community, how the

implementation of 4Ps is affecting and altering people’s expectations and life strategies.

Bodies of Work: Healthcare at the Bottom of the Migrant Care Chain

Yasmin Y. Ortiga

Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

This presentation elucidates the complicated effects of nurse migration on source countries such as the Philippines,

where both private and public institutions actively capitalize on the growth of aspiring migrants seeking to live and

work overseas. I show how the country’s status as a top source of migrant nurses sparked a widespread interest in

nursing among aspiring migrants and their families, leading to a massive influx of nursing students into understaffed

public hospitals within the country. These students (and the tuition fees they pay) become part of the perfect neoliberal

strategy, where their presence allows public hospitals to make up for the lack of state funding and support, without

actually addressing the structural issues that lead to such problems. Yet, at the same time, patients unable to pay

hospital fees are often compliant, submissive, and unable to advocate better care, thus providing nursing students with

the “ideal” bodies to “practice” skills for dream jobs overseas. As a result, the poorest patients within the Philippines

serve as the bodies for aspiring migrants on which to hone their skills for patients in the first-world hospitals. Such

outcomes provide a more nuanced view of the inequalities that result from the global movement of nurses and what

this means for migrant-sending countries.

Global Articulation Regime: Social Formation of the Philippines

Ota, Kazuhiro

Kobe University

Page 86: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

The paper examines the welfare regime of the Philippines by focusing on poverty policies. The regime is formed with

a functional mixture of state, market, community, and household, all of which are framed in the globalizing context.

It will also discuss the articulation between the modernized formal and the social in the Philippine regime.

Session 11B

RE-IMAGINING BELONGING: SOCIETY, KINSHIP, AND POWER

IN THE 21ST CENTURY PHILIPPINES I

For Filipinos both within and beyond the boundaries of the archipelago, belonging is a matter of negotiating

countervailing attachments, some of which push outward toward the national, transnational, or diasporic, while others

pull inward toward the ethnic, communitarian, or familial. As such, belonging also involves negotiating processes of

alienation and exclusion, both from kin and from imagined communities, as a result of migration, civil conflict, and

structures of inequality. This panel aims to trace dynamic forms of belonging among Filipinos within and without the

nation. The work of contributors speaks to the creativity, tension, and labor involved in establishing, reworking, and

contesting belonging amid countervailing attachments and processes of exclusion. We aim to build upon

anthropological insights suggesting that belonging is shaped by uneven experiences of social power, whilst

acknowledging that a central aspect of personhood is being related to others. This panel explores what are often

ambivalent forms of belonging by engaging with topics of society, kinship, and power in the 21st century Philippines,

including (but not limited to): domestic and global migration, the performance of identity, consumption practices,

kinship and familial relations, ethnicity, local and national politics, wellbeing, social differentiation and nationhood.

Papers included in this panel consider the centripetal and centrifugal forces that shape belonging, for example: how

might engagements with civil society (from INGOs to informal nonprofit community groups) be understood in relation

to the power dynamics imbued within familial relations, local politics, or translocal movements? The compiled papers

from senior and emerging scholars address the diversity of these dynamics across the Philippines and throughout the

Philippine diaspora.

Belonging in the Anthropocene: Global Climate Justice and Local Experiences in the Philippines

Noah Theriault

University of Oklahoma

In recent years, the Philippines has faced a series of exceptional monsoons, floods, and typhoons—a pattern consistent

with its ranking among the countries most affected by climate change. Amid this seemingly endless string of disasters,

Filipino diplomats and activists have made questions of justice and accountability central to their appeals for climate

action on the part of wealthy nations. Their efforts have constituted a powerful claim to belonging within the global

Climate Justice movement. As an evocative new idiom for socioenvironmental activism within and across national

boundaries, Climate Justice calls attention to systematically uneven levels of responsibility for and vulnerability to

anthropogenic changes in the Earth system. Climate Justice invokes notions of belonging that efface intra-national,

regional, and local differences in favor of solidarity and accountability on a global scale. This paper will examine how

the rise of Climate Justice intersects with long-standing struggles for social inclusion and justice in the Philippines.

To what extent do appeals to justice on a global scale resonate with local experiences of structural marginalization

and environmental vulnerability? How are movements of peasants and urban poor taking up Climate Justice and

toward what ends? Climate Justice envisions novel forms of belonging on a global scale, but the extent to which this

emergent movement can address regional and local experiences of injustice remains to be seen.

The Prosopography of Prominent Families in Region 12: A Study of Power Relations

Marlon B. Lopez

Mindanao State University - Iligan Institute of Technology

Families and clans have dominated the arena of Philippine politics for a considerable period. Needless to say, these

families have been known for their prominence in power and influence, not just in their locality but also in national

elections where they are considered kingpins and local kingmakers. Hence, the prosopography of prominent families

can offer important contributions for understanding the role of family politics in contemporary Philippine political

Page 87: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

life. This study seeks to analyze the factors contributing to the rise and continued hierarchy of the Acharons of General

Santos City and Lopezes of Maasim, Sarangani. Also considered will be the factors concerning the rise of “new”

political families in Southern Mindanao, namely the Pacquiaos of Sarangani Province and the Lumayags of

Polomolok, South Cotabato. In addition, this study aims to explore the effects of these factors on the prominence of

these families in their common geographical space, Region 12. Archival research is the primary method of data

gathering; however, key informant interviews will also be employed. This study will contribute to the rare collections

of literature that discuss local political elites, especially their rise and continuance in the Philippines. Data presented

in this paper will provide an important foundation for further research concerning the dynamics of family politics that

are prevalent in local administration and governance.

Filipino Town: Remaking of Culture in Cosmopolitan Toronto

Yshmael Cabana

Toronto-based Educator and Artist

Of the 250,000 Filipinos that reside in the Greater Toronto Area, Canada, roughly 21% live within Wilson Heights. It

has one of the country's highest population density of Filipinos, predominantly young families, first generation

immigrants. For a long time, the question is still mulled over: “Why is there no distinct Filipino town in Canada?”

Filipino Town, also known as Little Manila, is a geographic area with a significant concentration of people of

Philippine origin, having a strong ethno-cultural identity, and socioeconomic activity. This speculative research takes

off from an initial textual, visual and ethnographic approach to an area of settlement of Filipino migrants in Toronto’s

northwestern inner suburbs. It looks at the intentions of Taste of Manila, the first Toronto Filipino street festival that

is meant to harness vernacular creativity of the everyday. It seeks to uncover the dynamic between notions of politics

of representation and diaspora nationalism in the context of urban place-making.

Session 11C

ARTICULATING DISSENT IN PHILIPPINE HISTORY AND CULTURES

We often think of dissent as something that is articulated using spoken or written words. Yet dissent can also be

expressed non-verbally, through images, for example, or when people gather and effect a common physical body, as

in EDSA, in which people expressed their dissent (and effected action) by physically gathering together. When do

we think of an action, image, or expression, as constituting dissent?

This panel collects papers from different disciplines and historical moments to explore various phenomena as dissent,

broadly speaking. Moving chronologically from past to present, Thomas explores military disobedience as dissent,

looking at mutiny, desertion, and disobedience during the British occupation of Manila in the late eighteenth century.

Justiniano treats the political underworld of late nineteenth-century Manila, in which state agents pursued unknown

enemies and in which secret societies organized, as incubating the 1896 Katipunan-led revolution. De la Cruz explores

religious apostasy as dissent via a manuscript on Philippine Spiritism written by a Spanish Augustinian in the early

the twentieth century. Manzanilla treats the work of contemporary photographer Xyza Cruz Bacani as it challenges

political and artistic convention, documenting as well as providing an example of what we may consider a visual

practice of dissent.

Mutiny, Desertion, and Disobedience in the Eighteenth-Century British Occupation

Megan Thomas

University of California, Santa Cruz

This paper explores histories of mutiny, desertion, and disobedience in events connected to the British occupation of

Manila in 1762-1764 and asks how those actions may be viewed as dissent. During the British occupation of Manila

(1762-4), many British forces deserted, despite being far from home (most were Indian sepoys). Sepoys who did not

desert and who survived the long and difficult posting in Manila eventually mutinied against the captain of the ship

that was supposed to bring them home, suspecting that they would never arrive there under his command. In related

Page 88: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

events, Pangasinense troops, who had been raised to defend Manila during the early days of the British attack, turned

back on the road and reportedly rejoiced when they learned that the Spanish had lost Manila.

The paper explores each of these instances of unruly disobedience, asking what we can understand about why people

took these actions of desertion, mutiny, and turning-back, and then asking whether news and rumors of such

disobedient acts might have encouraged later ones. The paper also asks when and in what ways these kinds of actions

– desertion, mutiny, or turning back--may be expressions of dissent, and if so, what they were dissenting from. To

what degree is it useful to think in terms of dissent – what might that help us see – and when does that framing risk

flattening the complexity of how these individuals and collectives took actions or decisions?

Dissent, Repression and Revolution: Descent into Manila’s 'Dark Labyrinth,’ 1895-1898

Maureen Cristin S. Justiniano

University of Wisconsin Madison

The transformation of nineteenth-century Manila into a cosmopolitan city as a result of direct Spanish colonial

engagement in the Philippines left an indelible imprint on the nature and intensity of the 1896 Revolution that erupted

at the zenith of Spanish colonial rule. By analyzing Manila’s complex social matrix and the close interactions existing

within this urban milie, it is possible to develop a better understanding of the secret society, Katipunan, and its path

towards revolution. During the period of turbulent political upheavals threatening Spain and the rest of its declining

empire in the 1890s, the colonial administration intensified state repression in the Philippines to enforce law and order

while hunting down enemies of the state. By 1895 the escalation of state terror against suspected native opposition

forced the Katipunan to become radicalized and more inclined toward armed struggle.

This clandestine milieu was the birthplace of the revolutionary Katipunan and the 1896 armed rebellion against Spain.

The confluence of the institutionalization of Spanish urban policing and covert surveillance, as well as the formation

of the secret organization, created the essential elements of a clandestine political underworld in Manila that I refer to

as the 'dark labyrinth.' As the colonial state descended into the underworld of espionage, manipulation, and deception

in search of its unknown enemies, so too did the Katipunan, to ensure its survival. Consequently, the descent into

Manila's ‘dark labyrinth,’ I will argue, incubated the 1896 Katipunan-led revolution both by fostering organized

subversion and intensifying state repression.

The Double Apostasy of Salvador Pons: Spiritism and Catholicism in the

Early Twentieth-Century Philippines

Deirdre de la Cruz

University of Michigan

When is apostasy more than just the abandonment of one’s faith, but also a form of political dissent? This question

was particularly pertinent at the turn of the twentieth-century Philippines, when the transfer of colonial power meant

the formal end of the Spanish Catholic regime and new possibilities for denominational affiliation and practices of

faith opened up. This paper takes up this question through the quixotic figure of Salvador Pons, a Spanish Augustinian

who for a decade rebelled against his erstwhile order, aligning himself with the secular clergy, the newly formed

Iglesia Filipina Independiente, and Kardec-inspired Spiritism. The paper looks specifically at Pons’s manuscript, El

espiritismo en las islas Filipinas, probably the most comprehensive source for the history of Spiritism’s early spread

in the islands that Pons wrote after he returned to the Augustinian order. How do we read a text that has been written

from a perspective formed by two successive detractions? What does this tell us about the temporal, textual, and

ideological limits of dissent?

Visual Voice: The Migrant Photographs of Xyza Cruz Bacani

JPaul S. Manzanilla

National University of Singapore

A Filipina photographer was recently recognized for her contributions to the world republic of images. Xyza Cruz

Bacani’s photographs give us glimpses of places she inhabits and the various peoples she observes and engages with.

Page 89: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

She remarkably pierces through images from afar, plays with light and shadow, maneuvers the geometry of spaces,

and frames the world outside as a reflection of a troubling human condition. A particular focus on migrant workers

places their plight before global attention. Disputing the consideration of deplorable situations as proper subjects of

beautiful photography, she says that she wants to give a “visual voice” to the “invisible people” and, hence, redefines

what “photographable” subjects are and ought to be.

Bacani’s own story as a domestic helper alters our own visions of who is privileged to see and who is endowed to

photograph. Revealingly, she sees her home in various parts of the world and recognizes different kinds of people in

her native country while capturing inimitable moments seen from the margins and below. This is a kind of visual

rebellion that demands attention in our world increasingly consumed by “photogenic” selfie images. Bacani’s own

lifework of photography is a subject worthy of study for an art and cultural history of vision and visuality. It, moreover,

presents to us a socio-cultural history of presence and visibility. This study strives to understand Bacani’s production

of images as a practice of photographic dissent that is profoundly cosmopolitan in a different and enlightening sense.

Session 11D

HERITAGE AND IDENTITY

Selling the Drama: Music and Identity in the Popular Zarzuelas of Severino Reyes, circa 1906

Isidora Miranda

University of Wisconsin Madison

In 1906, playwright Severino Reyes followed up on his growing repertoire of popular zarzuelas with another libretto

that put his views on colonialism on center stage and provided more material for local composers to write music in

Tagalog. Similar to its precursors like Walang Sugat (1902) and Filipinas para los Filipinos (1905), La Venta de

Filipinas al Japon became a vehicle for Reyes to construct a Filipino cultural identity under the growing imposition

of U.S. colonial rule. The musical score also became a testing ground for its composer, Jose Estella, who created music

fusing European conventions with local and popular musical idioms like the kundiman. This zarzuela provides a rich

study for the complicated relationship between music and identity, and underlines the contradictions often found in

scholarship that seek neat and tidy definitions of cultural nationalism. In the zarzuela’s efforts to construct the

“Filipino,” I argue how nationalist sentiments were also accompanied by the more disparaging practices of exoticism

normally associated with Western imperialism. Similar strategies of “othering” can be found in the repertoire of

European opera and Anglo-American early musical theater in the late-nineteenth and early twentieth centuries that pit

an imagined “Japan” as its exoticized object. Seen thus, the present study seeks to reevaluate simplified nationalist

readings of popular zarzuelas and to highlight the duality of newly emerging cultural forms to subvert colonial

authority at the same time as it constructs new social hierarchies through musical and theatrical representation.

The Archives of the University of Santo Tomas, Manila: A Heritage from a School for the World

Regalado Trota Jose

The Archives of the University of the Philippines

The Archives of the University of Santo Tomas (or AUST, the initials by which it is cited in scholarly works) is the

repository of documents pertaining to the history of the University. The paper wishes to impart that the UST Archives

document not just the development of the school but the growth of the Philippines and her cultural worlds. Its records

include those pertaining to the many Philippine heroes who studied or taught here, not just Jose Rizal. The baybayin

documents from 1613 and 1625 have been declared National Cultural Treasures. There are manuscripts and other

materials written in various Philippine languages such as Kapampangan, Ibanag, Isinay, and Ivatan, as well as sources

for the ethnography of the speakers of these languages. There are records and maps of the “friar lands” in Laguna.

Telegrams from the late 1890s detail the distress of the Spanish community upon the coming of the Revolutionaries.

Letters and memoranda detail the development of education in the Spanish, American, and contemporary periods.

Notes by a chaplain give us eyewitness accounts of the expeditions sent to Mindanao in the second half of the 19th

century. Correspondence and pamphlets bring out the little-known role of the Philippines as the launching point of

Christian missions to China, Japan, Taiwan, Vietnam, and the Carolinas Islands. Apart from manuscripts, a section is

devoted to publications of the UST Press, which date all the way to the 1620s.

Page 90: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Heritage Information and Interpretation Erik Akpedonu

Ateneo de Manila University

The interpretation of a heritage resource identified and marked as being of local or national significance is critical for

raising public awareness and appreciation in the name of community-development and nation-building. In the

Philippines, this task is undertaken by various national cultural agencies, local government units, and occasionally

private initiative. Unfortunately, with a few remarkable exceptions on-site, heritage interpretation in the form of

information boards, texts, illustrations, visual and audio guides, as well as digital devices, often still leaves much to

be desired. Many significant sites remain wasted opportunities for developing comprehensive informative and

interesting narratives regarding their historical, cultural, technological, or even ideological significance. Even for

important, officially acknowledged sites, information, if provided at all, is often scant, irrelevant, or de-contextualized.

They thus require a level of background information usually not available among domestic, and especially foreign

tourists, and most locals. This paper explores various contents and forms of heritage interpretation as can be found in

museums and declared sites in Metro Manila and its surrounding provinces, Bohol, and Ilocos Sur. It compares these

with examples from Singapore, Mexico, Italy, Great Britain, and Germany, where over time various alternative

approaches have been employed in site and artifact interpretation, sometimes ideologically colored. Analyzing

strengths and weaknesses, the paper proposes selected areas for potential intervention in the Philippines to enhance

the visitor/tourist learning experience in an entertaining, yet insightful way. While it is important to know that an

object or building is significant, it is no less important to know why.

Session 11E

MANAGING HERITAGE

Notes on a Music Collection from Oslob, Cebu

Patricia Marion Y. Lopez

University of the Philippines Diliman

The paper seeks to present a music collection found in Oslob, a town on the southern tip of the island of Cebu, as

shaped by cultural influences from the late nineteenth to the first half of the twentieth centuries. Through the

examination of the origins of select musical works, the paper sketches the possible paths taken by music products (in

the form of printed and copied music) from Europe and within the Philippines, to be used mostly for a town’s religious

and devotional rituals.

The music collection belonged to Oslob’s former church organist, Bernardo Luna. The works, most no longer in use,

represent a wide-ranging repertoire of liturgical, extra-liturgical, and secular works (marches, fox trots, waltzes,

balitaws) in a town in the early twentieth century. They also point to a relatively high level of music literacy among

church musicians no longer evident today. Apart from musical works obtained by parish priests for the town’s use,

musicians who joined regimental/constabulary bands or who received musical training as church apprentices, copied

works by hand from sources in Cebu City and brought them to Oslob, further enriching the town’s repertoire. The

town’s organists, who often played the roles of band leaders and choirmasters, chose which works to perform on

certain events, and sometimes adapted/arranged them to fit the needs of the times.

Post-Disaster Heritage Management in the Philippines: Case Studies of the Loboc Church in Bohol and

Guiuan Church in Eastern Samar

Mary Josefti Nito

University of Asia and the Pacific

Earthquakes and typhoons always leave behind a trail of altered lives and properties. Recognizing these realities,

especially with the increasing intensity of these hazards due to climate change, programs and policies were created,

geared towards post-disaster rehabilitation and risk-reduction. However, these policies, particularly the national

framework for disaster risk reduction and management, are unfortunately silent about the response, rehabilitation and

Page 91: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

recovery of the cultural heritage sites. Though not yet included in the national framework, there are existing local

community efforts in the rehabilitation and reconstruction of cultural heritage sites destroyed by disasters. This paper

looks into the local projects and community efforts in the recovery, rehabilitation, and reconstruction of heritage sites

destroyed by natural hazards. In particular, this paper will compare and contrast the post-disaster heritage management

for Loboc Church in Bohol and for Guiuan Church in Eastern Samar which are both classified as a National Cultural

Treasures by the National Museum of the Philippines. This study will discuss (a) the gravity of the destruction; b) the

local and community response and action; and c) the national and international supports received for the rehabilitation.

By putting together these local experiences, this study aims to contribute to the formulation of a national framework

for post-disaster heritage management, because resilient communities move forward into the future carrying with them

the heritage of their past.

World Heritage Site Tourism and Its Impact on a Local Economy: A Study of Vigan, Ilocos Sur

Nobutaka Suzuki

University of Tsukuba, Japan

This paper explores how the influx of tourists affects economic conditions around World Heritage Sites. World

Heritage tourism has grown worldwide and is believed to have a tremendous impact on economic development at all

levels. Particularly, for developing countries like the Philippines, it can alleviate poverty and offer opportunities for

income-generation. Vigan, on the northern island of Luzon, is a good exemplar for examining the interplay between

cultural heritage tourism and local economics. Vigan was named a World Heritage Site in 1999 because of its well-

preserved houses and grid design urban plan, introduced during the Spanish colonial period. Tourist attractions in

Vigan have evolved around not only cultural heritage preservation, but also the discovery of intangible local traditions

such as historical narratives, pottery making, hand-woven cottons, and eco-tourism. These efforts offer unique

opportunities for tourists to witness and experience a variety of local traditions. They also increase Vigan’s fame

among domestic and international travelers as a tourist destination. This paper’s quantitative approach evaluates

Vigan’s number of tourists and businesses, gross sales of the service industry, and local government revenues,

concluding that Vigan’s World Heritage status has contributed significantly to the tremendous growth of the local

economy, in both the private and public spheres. This further suggests that local economic development through

cultural heritage tourism is primarily attributed to Vigan’s good city governance and stakeholder status.

Session11F

POINTED CONVERSATIONS: FILIPINOS ABROAD

Liga: Basketball and the Displaced lives of Ilonggo Migrants in Seoul, South Korea

Clement C. Camposano

University of Asia and the Pacific

In an interview, Pacific Rims author Rafe Bartholomew says that you cannot just write a story about basketball in the

Philippines by focusing only on the sport. Basketball "is involved in so many parts of society... that it becomes a book

about the Philippines, about history, about Filipino identity, about politics there, about all of these big things... that

this supposedly little thing – basketball – works its way into." Not meant as an academic exercise, Bartholomew's

foray into Philippine basketball nonetheless provides a helpful starting point for a cultural analysis of basketball among

Filipinos. This study goes beyond Bartholomew's exploration, first, by unpacking generalized notions about the

Philippines and Filipino-ness used by the latter and focusing analysis on the sport as it has seeped into the everyday

lives of Ilonggo migrant workers in Seoul, South Korea. Second, it will locate analysis of basketball as engaged in by

displaced individuals within the tradition of theorizing represented by Appadurai (1986) and Miller (2005). Appadurai

asserts that things have "social lives" and closely examining how they are culturally defined and put to use reveals a

wealth of data about societies within which they are embedded. For his part, Miller challenges the binary of subject

and object by arguing that we become what we are “through the historical world created by those who lived before us

and confronts us as material culture, and that continues to evolve through us" (8).

Page 92: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Filipino Language Program for Korean-Filipino Children in Multicultural Korea

Ronel O. Laranjo

University of the Philippines Diliman

The Republic of Korea, from being a homogenous society, is recently shifting to being a multicultural society. This is

due to the influx of migrants in Korea due to labor shortage which is a result of low birthrate since the 90s. Mixed

marriages also increased to address the declining marriage rate of Korean men with local women. Marriage migrants

drastically increased and the number of Filipino marriage migrants ranks third after China and Vietnam. These families

were labeled as “multicultural families.” The government intensified its cultural integration of these multicultural

families in Korean society by establishing different multicultural family support centers which provide social and

educational services. However, these initiatives were geared toward the implicit goal of assimilating marriage migrants

and their children into Korean society (Kim, 2011). With this background, Wika Nga: Klase ng Wikang Filipino para

sa mga Batang Koreano-Filipino, a Filipino language program was conceived and realized to strengthen the Filipino

heritage of the Filipina mothers and their children who were raised in Korea. This paper will discuss the aims of the

program, the content of the curriculum and the different institutions involved in the said program. The researcher

asserts that this program not just promotes Filipino identity but serves as a venue for Filipino marriage migrants to

assert their identity in Korea’s multicultural society.

Dynamics in the History of Overseas Filipino Workers (OFWs) in Nigeria

Saliba B. James

University of Maiduguri, Nigeria

The paper focuses on the history of Filipinos in Nigeria with particular reference to the dynamic changes in the nature

of migration and the experiences of Overseas Filipino Workers (OFWs) in Nigeria. The study investigates the

beginnings of the migration process with the involvement of the governments of Nigeria and the Philippines as the

major push and pull factor; the initial emphasis on recruitment of professionals such as teachers, doctors, accountants,

engineers, and technicians to address Nigeria’s manpower and developmental needs, unemployment, and foreign

exchange challenges of the Philippines; the working conditions and experiences of the workers; the integration

processes; the impact on the Nigerian and Philippine economies; the disengagements of governments and growing

role of the private sector in recruitment, especially the oil sector, aviation and private companies; the emergence of

Filipino enterprises in Nigeria; and the overall implication of this on the development of Nigeria-Philippine bilateral

relations. The paper believes that the progressive development in Nigeria-Philippine relations through international

migration is a pointer to robust growth in Africa –Asia relations.

Spiritual Ethnoscape: The OFW’s Pinoy Faith as a Strategy towards a Holistic Sense of Self

Mary Jannette L. Pinzon

University of the Philippines Diliman

This paper attempts to describe Appadurai’s concept of ethnoscapes in the context of the OFW spiritual experience.

It interrogates how religion or religious rituals, spirituality and faith in God contribute to the OFWs’ spiritual

ethnoscape where perspectives and strategies are adopted to cope and survive working abroad. It explores how the

Pinoy faith figures in an “ethnoscape gaze” as a strategy to achieve a holistic sense of self. The method used is online

survey questionnaire among OFWs based in Qatar, United Arab Emirates and Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The study

reveals that the OFWs have carved a unique ethnoscape where they retain their religious and cultural identity, adapt

to their new situation and stay open to global processes.

Session 12A

THE SYSTEM OF POLITICAL DYNASTIES AS CENTERPIECE OF POLITICAL REFORM:

ALTERNATIVE APPROACHES

CENTER FOR PEOPLE EMPOWERMENT IN GOVERNMENT – DILIMAN

The resiliency of political families in the Philippines is proven by their domination of the national and local elections

in May 2016 – in bigger numbers and by their penetration of the Partylist system. The panel discussion aims to explain

Page 93: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

this resiliency through quantitative, historical, socio-cultural, development studies, and political perspectives. It will

also look into the failed attempts through legislations and by CSO movements to implement the constitutional

provision against political dynasties – now the centerpiece of political reform - as well as remaining pragmatic and

structural approaches that can be pursued to equalize electoral opportunities. The panel presentation papers are based

on CenPEG’s previous and current studies on political families in the Philippines for the past 10 years.

Political Families and the Quality of Local Governance: A Quantitative Approach

Danica Ella P. Panelo

Structural constraints in the form of political families have been considered as enduring features of Philippine politics

and blamed for the country’s dysfunctional system of governance. Yet literature on the said issue remains inconclusive

on many important questions. One overarching puzzle, in particular, is the need to explain clearly the inconsistency

of socioeconomic outcomes in LGUs when all such units have been invariably ruled by well entrenched political

families. Moreover, it is argued that there are other factors which confound, if not modify, the effects of political

kinship on socioeconomic outcomes. This paper thus seeks to appraise this problem by examining social spending

data in 81 provinces and 145 cities in the Philippines between 2001 and 2012. The findings will show implications on

local leadership’s correlation with socioeconomic outcomes, and whether political variables such as kinship, electoral

competition, and length of incumbency affect the quality of local governance.

From Traditional to “Alternative”: Political Families in the Party List System

Carl Marc L. Ramota

The inception of the party list system under Republic Act 7941 boded a new era for Philippine electoral politics long

dominated by political families. The entry of organized, marginalized groups and other grassroots organizations in

Congress purportedly presaged the realization of inclusive and relevant policy making. But successive party list

elections and Congresses showed otherwise, with mainstream, traditional parties and even Malacañang sponsoring

party list groups. Worse, political families have also commandeered the party list system for rent seeking goals. The

paper looks into the machinations of political families and how they steer the party list system as an instrument to

extend their sphere of influence in local and even national politics.

A Glimpse of Bicol Political Dynasties: A Socio-Cultural Perspective

Evita L. Jimenez

The resiliency and traditional influence of dominant political families in the Philippine provinces is exemplified by

the Bicol region. Patronage politics remains strong in Bicol – considered one of the less developed regions in the

country and a microcosm of deeply-embedded oligarchic politics. The undeveloped socio-economic conditions of the

region remain a fertile ground for both leftist and traditional opposition politics, along with the emerging regional

autonomy movement. Aside from its material and historical base, the sustainability of the region’s structure of political

dynasties can be explained by a socio-cultural perspective. The particular focus of this paper will be informed by the

socio-cultural perspective to analyse the feudal dynamics of political patronage allowing dominant political families

to continue to rule locally with far-reaching implications on national politics.

Aborting Legislative Actions to Implement the Anti-Dynasty Constitutional Provision

Bobby M. Tuazon

Legislative actions pursued in countless Congresses since 1987 for an implementing law of the anti-dynasty provision

of the Constitution have failed. Absent an implementing law on the anti-dynasty provision, the system of political

families which supplies the ruling elites in both the national and local levels has remained well-entrenched with its

network expanding vertically and horizontally in recent decades. The institution of political dynasties in the Philippine

Congress as well as the executive department is so overarching as to make legislative measures either virtually dead

in the water or a futile exercise. This paper will explore alternative approaches that can still be taken especially by the

civil society to address the issue of political dynasties toward the democratization of the country’s political system.

Page 94: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Session 12B

RE-IMAGINING BELONGING: SOCIETY, KINSHIP, AND POWER

IN THE 21ST CENTURY PHILIPPINES II

For Filipinos both within and beyond the boundaries of the archipelago, belonging is a matter of negotiating

countervailing attachments, some of which push outward toward the national, transnational, or diasporic, while others

pull inward toward the ethnic, communitarian, or familial. As such, belonging also involves negotiating processes of

alienation and exclusion, both from kin and from imagined communities, as a result of migration, civil conflict, and

structures of inequality. This panel aims to trace dynamic forms of belonging among Filipinos within and without the

nation. The work of contributors speaks to the creativity, tension, and labor involved in establishing, reworking, and

contesting belonging amid countervailing attachments and processes of exclusion. We aim to build upon

anthropological insights suggesting that belonging is shaped by uneven experiences of social power, whilst

acknowledging that a central aspect of personhood is being related to others. This panel explores what are often

ambivalent forms of belonging by engaging with topics of society, kinship, and power in the 21st century Philippines,

including (but not limited to): domestic and global migration, the performance of identity, consumption practices,

kinship and familial relations, ethnicity, local and national politics, wellbeing, social differentiation and nationhood.

Papers included in this panel consider the centripetal and centrifugal forces that shape belonging, for example: how

might engagements with civil society (from INGOs to informal nonprofit community groups) be understood in relation

to the power dynamics imbued within familial relations, local politics, or translocal movements? The compiled papers

from senior and emerging scholars address the diversity of these dynamics across the Philippines and throughout the

Philippine diaspora.

Thinking of Kapatiran: Elderly Aspirations for Well-being in an Informal Settlement in Manila

Maria Carinnes P. Alejandria Gonzalez

University of Santo Tomas

This paper explores the forms of negotiation that the elderly living in an informal settlement in the City of Manila

engage in to attain their aspirations for well-being in the context of their membership in a nonprofit group called

Kapatiran, a Filipino term for “brotherhood.” The study took place in the Baseco Compound, the largest informal

settlement area in Manila. It is against this backdrop that this work articulates on the concept of well-being in relation

to the attainment of security in terms of land tenure, food, and health. Using the narratives of 137 elderly who are

members of Kapatiran, it was found out that: (1) membership in the organization was motivated by feelings of

exclusion within the family and the general society due to their perceived economic nonfunctionality; (2) the

organization enables the elderly to have a community that allows them to share their aspirations and issues; and (3)

the organization has become the primary tool of most elderly to access governmental services and benefits that

partially address their feelings of insecurity and vulnerability. This work further argues that the pervading theme of a

“dependent elderly” sector needs to be revisited as the elderly in Baseco Compound have been shown to participate

in various forms of activities that enable them to negotiate their roles in their households and in the community.

Biomedical Citizenship and Pharmaceutical Consumption in the Philippine Uplands

Will Smith

University of Queensland, Australia

In the absence of effective healthcare infrastructure, commercially manufactured pharmaceuticals are seen as an

important (and often primary) way in which nation states may enter into lives and bodies throughout Southeast Asia.

However, despite the growing rapidity with which commercial medicines have become a basic household necessity

throughout the region, often as product of state policy, the relationship between pharmaceutical use and nation-

building is poorly understood. This paper explores how national belonging is experienced by households residing on

the ‘peripheries’ of the Philippines through changing ideas of health and well-being. By focusing on the healthcare

practices of indigenous households on Palawan Island, the project considers how supposedly peripheral peoples may

also be active makers of knowledge regarding health, disease, and the body through their procurement and

Page 95: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

consumption of pharmaceuticals. In examining these practices, I argue that indigenous households navigate not only

the personal and familial management of well-being, but use these experiences to position themselves within larger

political communities – and, in doing so, highlight the embodied, biomedical aspects of indigeneity, citizenship, and

belonging in upland Southeast Asia.

Tracing Belonging through Market Relations and Moral Framings: Rural Sari-sari Store Engagements on

Central Palawan Island

Sarah Webb

University of Queensland

On central Palawan Island the ubiquitous Philippine institution of the sari-sari store shapes local social relations and

moral framings of personhood. I argue that it is through these relations and framings that some living in rural sitios

negotiate what it means to belong to local social networks, to the nation, and to notions of modernity. In regions such

as the rural, forested areas of Palawan Island ‘connections’ have oft been discussed in academic literature, media, and

everyday conversations in terms of market engagements. Here I consider the ways in which local market

intermediaries position both buying goods from and obtaining commodities for their Tagbanua and Batak neighbors

as a single involvement, which they frame in highly moral terms. Simultaneously, intermediaries often morally

criticise the economic practices of those they consider to be “their collectors” [of local products]. These indigenous

peoples, of course, have their own moral articulations of such relations. Such moral framings are complicated by the

local political economy, through which the economic activities of market intermediaries arguably reproduce the

marginalisation of local indigenous families. However, anthropological investigations of moral framings provide

insight into why the values which underpin such arrangements cannot be reduced to critiques of “cumbersome

patronage” (Jocano 1997, 2; see also Cannell 1999; Milgram 2004). Through uneven relations of pity, obligation, and

interdependency it becomes not only possible but also imperative for those with capital and connections to ‘provide’

for others (Szanton 1972, 12930; McKay 2012, esp. 25). For researchers tracing the ways belonging is imagined and

pursued in rural sitios, sari-sari store engagements provide an example of how market intermediaries become involved

in their neighbors' lives, and in doing so, constitute themselves and others as moral persons.

The Devil's Scrapbook: Capital, Sorcery and the Everyday

Christina Verano Sornito Carter

Appalachian State University, Boone, NC

The fieldwork notebook according to Michael Taussig, can be read “as a type of modernist literature that crosses over

into the science of social investigation and serves as a means of witness”. (Taussig 2011) Part data, part diary, the

fieldwork notebook combines the personal and subjective experience of the day-to-day life of fieldwork. Perhaps in a

similar way, the family scrapbook, a repository of the ephemera of everyday life, can also be read as a means of

witness. Beyond photographs, the scrapbook includes anything from business cards, newspaper clippings, personal

effects, and household lists. Sometimes these items evoke warm memories, while others seem to hold mysteries.

During my fieldwork in 2011, I recovered a number of family scrapbooks and memorabilia from a rusted cabinet in

my aunt’s home in Santa Barbara, Iloilo. My research examined the legacy of a well-known healer in the town, a

legacy that reemerged as a minor town scandal and reopened the closet of dormant family drama. What might a family

scrapbook bear witness to? What about the mundane life of a family might be interesting to a social scientist? In

reading these scrapbooks and writing about the context of their discovery as well as their contents into my own

fieldwork notebooks, I realized that I was reinscribing a new family dynamic, one that brings into question my place

as an anthropologist digging about in the well of family secrets. On the other hand, as the child of immigrants to the

U.S. now returning to a “home” full of ghostly effects, I began to think of the gothic as a useful trope to read a (my)

family scrapbook.

Session12C

(MIS)APPROPRIATING JAPANESE PERFORMANCE TRADITIONS AND ITS CONTRIBUTIONS

TO CULTURAL EXCHANGE

Page 96: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

This panel, whose members had the opportunity to collaborate with masters/culture-bearers of Japanese performance

traditions, "re-imagines" a community of Filipinos with greater appreciation of Asian Heritage. They will

explore/examine the appropriation of Japanese performance traditions of Noh, Kabuki and Bunraku by Filipinos and

its contribution to the expanding of the cultural space in the academe to include the teaching, learning, understanding,

appreciating and performing non-Western, non-mainstream performance traditions with the hope of transmitting them

to the next generation as intangible cultural heritage. They will also discuss their aspiration for an increased

consciousness and awareness of Asian aesthetics among Filipinos and more reflections on our own “Asian-ness”

especially in cultural productions. Moreover, the contribution of these intercultural collaborations between

masters/culture-bearers of Japanese traditions and Filipino performers and students in the deepening of cultural

exchange will be looked into.

Appropriating Amelia Lapeña-Bonifacio’s Filipino Noh play Ang Paglalakbay ni Sisa: Isang Noh sa Laguna

Amparo Adelina Umali, III

University of the Philippines Diliman

This study will discuss two levels of appropriation. The first level of appropriation will show how Amelia Lapeña

Bonifacio’s Filipino Noh play - Ang Paglalakbay ni Sisa Isang Noh sa Laguna –“borrowed” only the literary structure

of the Japanese Noh drama. The second level of appropriation will show how Lapeña Bonifacio’s Filipino Noh play

became the source material of UPCIS’ Shinsaku (newly-created) Noh staging of Ang Paglalakbay ni Sisa Isang Noh

sa Laguna. Although it “borrowed” only the essence of Lapeña Bonifacio’s literary text, this Shinsaku Noh staging

appropriated all the other elements of Japanese Noh Theatre, such as Noh dance, chant, vocal music, a small orchestra.

It also makes use of Noh masks and costumes.

Filipinos Replicating Kanjincho

Amparo Adelina C. Umali, III and Jeremy de la Cruz

University of the Philippines Diliman

This paper will discuss the process of replication in the very first appropriation of Japanese performance tradition on

Philippine stage by Filipinos in Kanjincho, A Kabuki. Performed in two languages – Filipino and Japanese – by an all

Filipino cast of non-Japanese speakers, it will examine the efforts of the Filipino cast, artistic and production staff and

the contribution of Japanese masters in ensuring that the performance will be a near perfect replication of the kabuki

play.

Sisa, as shitekata (principal actor), Through the Eyes of the Audience

Laureen Theresa Lioanag

University of the Philippines Diliman

I will present the reception of Filipino audience to Amelia Lapeña-Bonifacio’s appropriation of Jose Rizal’s character

Sisa in the UPCIS’ shinsaku (newly-created) Noh staging of Lapeña-Bonifacio’s Ang Paglalakbay ni Sisa: Isang Noh

sa Laguna. The reactions gathered from reflection papers of the audience comprised primarily of students will be

analyzed to see the impact of the re-imagining of Sisa, as a shite (principal role) in the said production and to further

develop promotional plans for future Noh productions.

Filipinos Performing Bunraku: Process of (Mis) Sppropriating Bunraku to the Filipino Experience

Patricia Bianca Andres

University of the Philippines Diliman

Bunraku is a Japanese puppet theater tradition proclaimed by UNESCO as a Masterpiece of the Oral and Intangible

Heritage of Humanity in 2003. In 2012, through the creative research of a team of Filipino performers and scholars,

Filipinos were given an opportunity to be introduced to the study and practice of Japanese Bunraku under the

mentorship of Naoshima Onna Bunraku. Naoshima Onna Bunraku is an all-women community puppet theater group

from Naoshima, Kagawa, Japan.

Page 97: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

The team of Filipinos, who later became the UP Center for International Studies (UPCIS) Bunraku Ensemble, initially

studied Japanese Bunraku performances. Later, with the intent of teaching Bunraku to Filipinos and finding a new

way of artistically expressing the Filipino culture and experience, the ensemble began appropriating the techniques

and movement of Bunraku to create experimental Bunraku puppet performances.

This study will describe the process of how Filipino learner-practitioners appropriated the practice of Bunraku onto

the production of Filipino puppet performances. This include initial efforts that begun with the creation of a Filipino-

made puppet and later the use of Bunraku puppet movements combined with Filipino gestures to create Filipino

Bunraku performances. The study will discuss the performances by the UPCIS Bunraku, some of which address

contemporary socio-political issues, as well as those by Teatrong Mulat ng Pilipinas such as Sinuyaman, a Filipino

Bunraku that was adapted from the Myth of Sinuyaman of the Agusan Manobo.

Session 12D

NEW PERSPECTIVES ON THE 20TH CENTURY FILIPINO NATIONALISM

As we stand in the 21st century globalism, our panel attempts to look back on mid-20th century Filipino nationalism.

Although still debated, it seems safe to say that the 21st century globalism emerged in the legacy of nation-states of

the 20th century. Theorists of pro-business globalism claim that nations need to enforce regulations in order for

corporations to have fair competitions against one another and, therefore, globalism needs nationalism in the form of

regulatory states. Migration theorists also see the world still divided by nations. They claim that nation-states are still

the dominant form of governmentality via their power to control the flow of people. They also reveal that migrants’

networks have much relevance to their cultural and language background, which clumsily overlaps with their national

origin, and that the host society often sees the migrants in the image of nationhood. By focusing on various aspects of

the mid-20th century Filipino nationalism, each of the papers that follow will reflect upon what still continues, what

has been lost, and what got revived in the transition from the 20th century to the 21st century.

The Universal and the Local in the Brotherhood: Empire, Nation and Fraternity in Philippine Freemasonry

from Mabini to Kalaw, 1892-1917

Francis A. Gealogo

Ateneo de Manila University

The involvement of Filipinos in Freemasonry was often regarded as one of the contributory factors that led to the

spread of liberalism and nationalism among the ilustrados of the late nineteenth century. The majority of the reformists

and propagandists of the period became attracted to the craft and became leaders of the Filipino Masonic movement

in Spain. The outbreak of the Philippine Revolution also saw the involvement of Freemasons in the revolutionary war,

giving the necessary leadership to the movement for independence as well as providing some of the ideological

inspiration and the needed structures of governance, initially for the secret society, then later on for the formal

establishment of the revolutionary government. During the American colonial occupation, the Masonic movement

became the venue for the articulation of ideas of democratic representation and governance for most of the lodges, as

the new colonial order gave Masons a different context for them to participate in the public sphere.

The tensions and contradictions between a nationalist oriented Freemasonry and the organization of Masonic

jurisdictions based in the empire would be most pronounced in two significant periods of the early history of the

Philippine Masonic movement. First, during the 1890s, when Apolinario Mabini, Pedro Serrano Laktaw, and Marcelo

del Pilar were debating on the idea of forming the Gran Consejo Regional de Filipinas, under the Gran Oriente

Espanol, and second, in the 1910s up to the 1920s, when Teodoro Kalaw and Timoteo Paez would have to contend

with the formation of the Grand Lodge of the Philippine Islands under the Grand Lodge of California. The paper

examines these tensions and highlights the question of the formation of Masonic jurisdiction in the country in the

context of nationalist movements and imperial expansion in the archipelago.

Manuel L. Quezon's Trans-Pacific Itinerary: Mexican Influences on the Social Policies of the

Philippine Commonwealth

Page 98: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Taihei Okada

Shizuoka University

The Philippine Commonwealth has been considered under two divergent images due to its transitional status: either

as a continuation of the U.S. colonial state or as a predecessor of the Philippines' post-independence authoritarian rule.

What has been lacking from these perspectives is how the Philippines tried to establish itself as a modern state in the

turbulent international politics of the late 1930s. Although there have been several assessments of Manuel L. Quezon's

politics, they are more concerned about his personality or domestic politics. During his tenure as a major political

figure, especially in the 1930s, he made quite a few overseas travels, not just to the United States but to places like

Mexico and Japan. In this presentation, I would like to pay close attention to the influences of Mexican President

Lazaro Cardenas on Manuel L. Quezon.

Two background notes are of particular pertinence. First, the 1930s saw the world-wide decline of democracy, which

culminated in three different camps – liberalism, fascism, and communism. Second, this was the age that gave birth

to welfare states, most notably in North America and northern Europe. Both the Philippines and Mexico did not easily

fit into any of the three camps or the model of welfare state. Given their status as fragile states located on the periphery

of the U.S. Empire and the resulting cleavage between the elite and the masses, I would like to argue that these two

states showed another type of rational response to the international politics of the late 1930s.

The “History Wars” over Philippine Nationalism/s: A Reconsideration

Oscar Campomanes

Ateneo de Manila University

In 1972, erstwhile American Filipinist Joel David Steinberg published an essay titled “An Ambiguous Legacy: Years

at War in the Philippines” in the journal Pacific Affairs; in it, he dissected the forms of self-empowerment that

ironically weakened Filipino nationalist politics from the time of Emilio Aguinaldo through the postcolonial regimes

in the immediate aftermath of World War II. Writing about the “ambiguous legacy” of anti-colonial and decolonial

Philippine nationalism in the context of the period he covered, Steinberg himself expressed ambivalence about the

prospects and future of such nationalism given its pronounced statism, and the prevarications of the elite leadership

that tended to aspirations and orientations a “movement” or historical trend. Thirty years later (2002), eminent

Filipino historian Reynaldo Clemeña Ileto situated this “ambiguous legacy” of Philippine nationalism/s within “the

history wars” occurring in the Philippines and Southeast Asia/Asia during the period of decolonization (especially the

1950s, and against the backdrop of the Vietnam War in the next decade); addressing the participants of a

historiography workshop, themed “Can We Write History?: Between Postmodernism and Coarse Nationalism” and

held at Meiji Gakuin University in Japan, Ileto offered a trenchant critique of the unsympathetic and jaundiced views

manifested by his own intellectual mentors at Cornell and in area studies scholarship toward Philippine/Asian

nationalist discourses and politics. By examining the institutional and disciplinal struggles being waged over the

historiography of Philippine/Asian nationalism, and the “nationalist historiography” of the kind being produced by

the likes of Teodoro Agoncillo and Ileto in a largely autobiographical account, provided an analysis of nationalism in

general and of its Philippine variant/s in particular, that supplemented, if not altogether superseded, dominant

prognoses of Philippine nationalism like Steinberg's. In this presentation, I compare and critique Steinberg's and Ileto's

assessments of their common object, and provide both a historicizing and (following Ileto's lead) sociologizing

evaluation of their differing investments in historical knowledge-production about the vexed problematic of historical

and contemporary Philippine nationalism/s. I argue that Steinberg's and Ileto's respectively differing relationships to

the subject anticipate, if not provide the germinal formulations for much of the debates and critiques concerning

Philippine nationalist projects in our own time.

Revisiting Renato Constantino as Historian

Yoshiko Nagano

Kanagawa University

Renato Constantino (1919-1999), one of the most well-known critical historians of the Philippines, vigorously wrote

various historical commentaries that provoked debates among conventional historians for over two decades since the

1960s. After his death, however, few serious studies of his works have been attempted with the sustained attention

Page 99: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

that they deserve, save for the efforts in the recent publication of his autobiography (2001). This paper evaluates the

significance of Constantino’s historical writings at a time – since the Cold War, when Constantino was writing actively

– of rapid historical changes, including globalization in recent decades. It goes beyond curt dismissals of his

historiography as either obsolete or problematic, given its presumably nationalist bias. It re-examines the major

writings of Constantino and finds their enduring significance in light of the discussions of colonial modernity in Asia

(which have become prevalent, particularly in Korean colonial history). I argue that Constantino may be seen,

positively, as one of the key predecessors in such discussions of colonial modernity, with the particular attention he

paid to the distinctive historical phenomena of social transformations in Philippine society under the Spanish,

American, and Japanese colonial regimes.

Session 12E

THE FILIPINO WOMAN IN PHILIPPINE TRAVEL WRITING, POETRY,

ROMANCE NOVELS AND FILM

The presentations will focus on the Filipina as both artist and subject in four genres: travel writing, poetry, romance

novels, and film. These explorations will hopefully be useful contributions to the wide-ranging discussion of the

ICOPHIL Conference’s theme, in particular the re-imagining of Community and Scholarship.

Cristina Pantoja Hidalgo’s “Travel and Transgression: Identity and Community in the Travel Writing of Filipino

Women” will examine the work of two contemporary Filipina writers who are using the relatively new (for the

Philippines) genre of literary travel writing to explore and articulate new concepts of identity and community.

Ailil Alvarez’s “Cadences of the Soul: Exploring the Lyrical Articulation of the Sacred by three female poets” will

probe the necessity of articulating these writers’ approach to the holy—as well as its relevance in today’s global,

postmodern space.

Dawn Marie Nicole Marfil’s “Fleshing Out Desire: Female Desire in Philippine Popular Literature” will explore the

nuances of articulating female desire in four best-selling books from two dominant publishers of romance books in

the Philippines, which cater to different reading markets.

Joyce L. Arriola’s “The Woman’s Film and the Prevalent Type of Filipino Cinematic Adaptation in the 1950s”

examines how female representation and romance plots had been dialectically invoked within the so-called “prevalent”

type of cinematic adaptation produced at the height of what has always been touted as the Golden Age of Filipino

cinema, and the repercussions of such an invoking today.

Travel and Transgression: Identity and Community in the Travel Writing of Filipino Women

Cristina Pantoja Hidalgo

University of Santo Tomas

Travel writing is not yet a well-established literary genre in the Philippines. Although one or two magazines carried

the occasional travel essays in English in the mid-60s, it was only in 1991 that a book consisting entirely of travel

essays by a single author was published. Today, a few more have been published, but hardly any critical attention is

paid to them. One source of this neglect might be that Philippine criticism lacks the framework and the language for

the analysis of travel writing itself. My paper will propose a possible framework and suggest questions that the critic

might ask when interrogating travel literature (particularly travel literature by women). I shall examine two examples

of travel literature written by Filipinas using the suggested framework. I shall approach both from the perspective of

the practitioner, i.e. a writer of travel literature, and, of the critic.

Cadence of the Soul: Exploring the Lyrical Articulation of the Sacred by Three Female Poets

Ma. Ailil B. Alvarez

University of Santo Tomas

Page 100: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

This paper seeks to probe and posit a theory of the sacred as reflected in contemporary women’s poetry, focusing on

select works of prominent Filipino poets dealing with the subject – Marjorie Evasco, Dinah Roma, and Rebecca

Añonuevo. Through comparative analysis, paying close attention to the writers’ choice of imagery and their linguistic

craftsmanship, it is hoped that the shape of the spirituality of the female persona will be adequately explored, and the

reasons for the necessity of articulating her approach to the holy – as well as its relevance in today’s global, postmodern

space – will be revealed. In effect, this paper is an attempt to illustrate the enduring power of poetry and how this form

of literary utterance becomes the most fitting vehicle to affirm the necessity of faith.

Fleshing Out Desire: Female Desire in Philippine Popular Literature

Dawn Marie Nicole L. Marfil

University of Santo Tomas

This paper aims to explore the nuances of articulating female desire in four bestselling books from two companies

dominating the sales of romance books in the Philippines – Summit and Precious Hearts. While catering to different

reading markets, their popularity in their own niches spells a collective preoccupation with love and by extension,

desire. With the idea of love decidedly being formulaic to meet the demands of the market it thrives on, it is desire

that hovers, slinks around the perimeter of the packed daydreams that these stories offer. This paper hopes to reveal

how authors of popular literature have written on a Filipino woman who desires or if she has been written on at all.

The Woman’s Film and the Prevalent Type of Filipino Cinematic Adaptation in the 1950s

Joyce L. Arriola

University of Santo Tomas

The exposure of Filipino filmmakers to the Hollywood genre called the “woman’s film” led to a spate of productions

that featured heroines and storylines that somehow helped solidify a local version of the romance genre in the 1950s.

While it drew heavily from the Hollywood template, it also invoked the Spanish colonial theatrical form by infusing

musical and comedic elements. Although there had been stories written directly for the screen, a number of films in

the 50s were adaptations of komiks stories (comic series) published in Liwayway magazine. Said productions revealed

a close resemblance to the woman’s film genre. This practice of generic re-articulation raises a number of concerns

pertaining to gender and popular studies, namely: (1) the embedding of the image of the woman within the bourgeoisie

ethos; (2) the female characters’ subtle co-optation in maintaining the status quo; (3) the deployment of traditional

concept of womanhood via the romantic comedy genre and the sub-genre known as the marriage plot; and (4) the

transmediation route (from komiks to film) becoming an agency to “vernacularize” what has been purported to be a

borrowed form . In view of these concerns, the paper examines how female representation and romance plots have

been dialectically invoked within the so-called “prevalent” type of cinematic adaptation produced at the height of what

has always been touted as the Golden Age of Filipino cinema.

Session 12F

TRACK II PEACEBUILDING FOR SUSTAINABLE PEACE IN MINDANAO

This panel will attempt to discuss some unresolved and emerging issues in Mindanao, notably the question of

promoting peace through mechanisms and challenges in Track II Peace Process. This is the level below the formal

peace negotiations between the government and Moro liberation fronts. Here, sectors of civil society like the academe,

NGOs and LGUs, even gender roles play out significantly in conflict mitigation and peacebuilding. The panelists will

present cases of parallel peacebuilding efforts in Mindanao while the legal aspects are tackled in Track I Peacebuilding

through negotiation (that is, peace process between the Moro Islamic Liberation and the Philippine government to

reach a successful agreement).

Land Conflict Mitigation towards Sustainable Peace: The Central Mindanao Experience at the turn of the

Twenty-first Century

Faina C. Abaya-Ulindang

Mindanao State University Marawi City

Page 101: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

The narrative of the peace process in Mindanao may experience a breakthrough in the twenty-first century. Mindanao

watchers posit a situation of global jihadist movement begging for intensified military effort against terrorist groups.

Others argue for a better approach to stamp out injustice, where land dispossession is central because land is not only

a resource but also a territory that identifies the Moro people as a nation.

This study focuses on land conflict mitigation as it happened in Barangay Lumbac, Kolambugan, Lanao del Norte and

in five barangays of Midsayap, collectively known as NaTuLaRan Mu (Nabalawag, Tugal, Lower Giad, Rangaban

Nes and Mudseng), dubbed by historian Eric Hobsbawn (1994) as the"age of extremes". This was the period of “All-

Out-War” by Erap Estrada and the MOA-AD fiasco during the time of Gloria Arroyo.

Many violent incidents in Central Mindanao are rooted in land disputes. Kauswagan, Kolambugan and Midsayap

demonstrate well-known cases of such disputes between settlers and natives. The intervention of CSOs and LGUs

through their conflict mitigation mechanisms has fortunately succeeded. Presently, efforts are made to sustain the

initial gains. With this backdrop, this study seeks to answer the following: (1) Why is the issue on land ownership

central to Mindanao conflict?; (2) What was the role played by the top-bottom institutional governance (vertical) and

on-the-ground dynamics (horizontal) in mitigating land conflicts?; and (3) What lessons in peacemaking could be

derived from these cases of land conflicts? In conclusion, this paper suggests ways to achieve sustainable peace

through land conflict mitigation inclusive of all stakeholders in the peace process.

Negotiating Gender Roles in Conflict Affected Areas in Muslim Mindanao: Challenges and Possibilities

Rufa C. Guiam

Mindanao State University - General Santos

Gender dynamics are complicated in any context, but the complexity of such dynamism is intensified in environments

and communities where internecine vertical and horizontal conflicts are an almost daily reality. Imbedded in these

dynamics are gender roles or assignments of social location that show varied and complicated expectations, especially

among women. In a context changed drastically due to armed conflict, certain requisites remain constant. Women

are still expected to be the caregivers and nurturers of all members of the family even if they have to negotiate public

spaces as productive members of society. At first glance, such a situation might lead us to conclude that women have

at last been empowered to navigate in hallowed spaces formerly relegated to men and that they have at least become

recognized for their economic contributions. But as the presentation shows, this can deceive us into accepting a

conceptual blinker: while women have become productive members of society in contexts where the men are absent

(due to war and its effects), they are still dictated upon by society to perform their “expected” nurturing roles. Such a

situation places an enormous burden on women, and adds to their sources of stress.

Obscuring these dynamics in any peace process can present a problematic in post-conflict peacemaking efforts. The

last part of the paper argues for a deconstruction of the status quo ante of gender relations before the armed conflict

period and for Track 2 agencies like the academe to contribute to a “reconstruction” of embedded gender relations

that can pave the way for a more inclusive and fair gender and peaceful future.

Empowering the Youth as Peacemakers in Mindanao: Lessons from a Social Experiment

Federico V. Magdalena

University of Hawai’i at Mānoa

Peace in Mindanao has been the subject of national conversation during the past four decades. The current peace

process involving the Moro Islamic Liberation Front (MILF) and the government is yet to set up a Bangsamoro

governing entity through legislation that has stalled after the Mamasapano incident in early 2015. Meanwhile, efforts

are under way to make it happen through civil society groups, including those from universities, which are called upon

to play roles for dialogues and initiatives that promote nonviolence and peacemaking. This paper draws lessons from

an experience in inter-university partnership between Hawaii and Mindanao to inculcate peace education through the

history curriculum as a modest contribution to peacemaking. The initiative is supported by the United States Institute

of Peace to train 45 teachers and reach out to about 8,500 students from Mindanao State University during 2013-15.

Page 102: Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKINGarchive.su.edu.ph/assets/media/resources/ICOPHIL Abstracts.pdf · Session A1 POWER, IDENTITY, AND MEANING-MAKING The Struggle of Social

Conducted as a quasi-experiment, the project team tested the idea that the ‘enriched curriculum’ would produce values

and behaviors conducive to peaceful intergroup relations among undergraduate students. Results from the pre-

test/post-test survey will be presented to highlight some gains in turning the youth into bridges of cross-cultural

understanding and peacemaking among Muslims, Christians, and Lumads. Positive changes in five attitudinal and

behavioral measures will be discussed as evidence supporting the “social experiment.” This project may serve as a

template for wider academic application and provide broad support to the Mindanao peace process, but also needs to

be fertilized by favorable social and political structures to promote enduring peace in the region.

Normalization in the Bangsamoro: Challenges and Prospects

Mark Anthony J. Torres

Mindanao State University-Iligan Institute of Technology

Post-conflict scenarios in the Bangsamoro present a number of challenges especially in attaining human security in

one of the most impoverished parts of the Philippines. These include the presence of horizontal conflicts such as clan

feuds or rido, intra-religious discords, and other identity-based skirmishes. There are also private armed groups that

lurk in many of the towns that are not easy to dismantle. These, coupled with the proliferation of loose firearms and

the prevalence of shadow economies, contribute to the high incidence of violent incidents in the region. There are,

however, a number of imperative actions that stakeholders can do to help keep the process of normalization moving.

These include more people-to-people initiatives, psychosocial interventions, early-warning early-response systems,

and socio-economic packages. Activities that address the needs and legitimate grievances of people living in conflict-

affected areas, combatants or civilians, must also be given significant attention. The author will discuss these issues

in this paper in aid of the negotiation between the Philippine Government and the Moro Islamic Liberation Front

(MILF).